14.01.2013 Views

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Santa Barbara The Integration of ...

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Santa Barbara The Integration of ...

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Santa Barbara The Integration of ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>UNIVERSITY</strong> <strong>OF</strong> <strong>CALIFORNIA</strong><br />

<strong>Santa</strong> <strong>Barbara</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> Mach-Zehnder Modulators with Sampled Grating DBR<br />

Committee in charge:<br />

Lasers<br />

A Dissertation submitted in partial satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the<br />

requirements for the degree Doctor <strong>of</strong> Philosophy<br />

in Materials<br />

by<br />

Jonathon Scott Barton<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Larry A. Coldren, Chair<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Daniel J. Blumenthal<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Nadir Dagli<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Steven DenBaars<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Evelyn L. Hu<br />

September 2004


<strong>The</strong> dissertation <strong>of</strong> Jonathon Scott Barton is approved.<br />

________________________________________<br />

Evelyn L. Hu<br />

________________________________________<br />

Daniel J. Blumenthal<br />

________________________________________<br />

Steven DenBaars<br />

________________________________________<br />

Nadir Dagli<br />

________________________________________<br />

Larry A. Coldren, Committee Chair<br />

September 2004


<strong>The</strong> <strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> Mach-Zehnder Modulators with Sampled Grating DBR lasers<br />

Copyright © 2004<br />

By<br />

Jonathon Scott Barton<br />

iii


TABLE <strong>OF</strong> CONTENTS<br />

Abstract ................................................................................................ vii<br />

Vita......................................................................................................... ix<br />

Symbols and acronyms ....................................................................... xv<br />

Acknowledgements.............................................................................. xvi<br />

INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................1<br />

0.1 Direct Modulation.......................................................................7<br />

0.2 External Modulation .................................................................10<br />

0.3 Electro-absorption Modulators.................................................14<br />

0.4 Mach-Zehnder Modulators ......................................................15<br />

0.5 Mach-Zehnder Bias Approaches.............................................17<br />

0.6 Traveling Wave Devices..........................................................20<br />

References..............................................................................21<br />

CHAPTER I: DEVICE INTEGRATION .............................................. 25<br />

1.1 Widely-tunable laser design ...................................................27<br />

1.2 Semiconductor Optical Amplifier(SOA) <strong>Integration</strong> ................33<br />

1.3 Dual SOAs ..............................................................................36<br />

1.4 Optical Feedback and Reflection............................................40<br />

1.5 Linewidth Measurements........................................................43<br />

1.6 Relative Intensity Noise ..........................................................47<br />

References..............................................................................50<br />

CHAPTER II: MOCVD GROWTH & FABRICATION............. 54<br />

2.1 Semiconductor Epitaxial Structure ..........................................56<br />

2.2 Quantum Well Design..............................................................57<br />

2.3 Conducting Substrate Base structure......................................58<br />

2.4 Growth Characterization..........................................................60<br />

2.5 Semi-insulating substrate growth ............................................63<br />

2.6 Regrowth..................................................................................64<br />

2.7 Zn Doping <strong>of</strong> InP and InGaAsP ...............................................66<br />

2.8 Transmitter Fabrication............................................................70<br />

References...............................................................................73<br />

CHAPTER III: LUMPED MODULATOR DESIGNS.................. 76<br />

3.1 Device Efficiency ....................................................................77<br />

3.2 DC Extinction Curves..............................................................79<br />

3.3 Franz-Keldysh Absorption .....................................................81<br />

iv


3.4 Electric Field Effects ...............................................................84<br />

Linear Electro-optic effect ...............................................84<br />

Kerr Effect .......................................................................86<br />

3.5 Carrier Based Effects..............................................................88<br />

Plasma Effect..................................................................88<br />

Bandfilling Effect .............................................................91<br />

Carrier induced bandgap shrinkage ...............................92<br />

3.6 Temperature induced bandgap shrinkage..............................93<br />

3.7 Accumulation <strong>of</strong> Effects .........................................................96<br />

3.8 High Speed Design................................................................99<br />

3.5 Junction Capacitance Minimization .....................................101<br />

3.6 Parasitic Capacitance Minimization.....................................103<br />

3.7 Fringing Capacitance ..........................................................107<br />

3.8 Multimode Interference (MMI) Design .................................109<br />

3.9 Phase Shifter .......................................................................112<br />

3.10 1 st Generation Designs ........................................................114<br />

3.11 2 nd Generation Designs .......................................................116<br />

References...........................................................................119<br />

CHAPTER IV: SERIES PUSH-PULL DESIGNS ......................125<br />

4.1 Lumped Series push-pull bandwidth ..................................126<br />

4.2 Dual RF series push-pull devices........................................129<br />

4.3 Traveling wave modulators ...............................................131<br />

4.4 Traveling wave matching ....................................................133<br />

4.5 Transmission line model......................................................137<br />

4.6 Traveling wave bandwidth ...................................................140<br />

4.7 RF loss.................................................................................144<br />

4.8 CPS T-Electrode devices ....................................................150<br />

4.9 Characteristic Impedance Comparison ...............................153<br />

4.10 Measured Bandwidth...........................................................154<br />

References...........................................................................158<br />

CHAPTER V: DEVICE COMPARISONS.......................................165<br />

5.1 DC Modulation Efficiency......................................................170<br />

5.2 RF Extinction <strong>of</strong> devices........................................................174<br />

5.3 Bandwidth Comparison.........................................................178<br />

5.4 Chirp Measurements.............................................................179<br />

5.5 Chirp Measurement Techniques...........................................179<br />

5.6 Linearization <strong>of</strong> Modulators...................................................184<br />

References............................................................................188<br />

v


CHAPTER VI: CONCLUSIONS AND FUTURE WORK .....193<br />

6.1 Wavelength Converters .......................................................196<br />

References...........................................................................199<br />

Appendix A: Relevant Material Constants..........................................204<br />

Appendix B: RF Spectrum Analyzer Deimbedding ............................208<br />

Appendix C: Process .........................................................................210<br />

vi


ABSTRACT<br />

JONATHON S. BARTON<br />

THE INTEGRATION <strong>OF</strong> MACH-ZEHNDER MODULATORS WITH<br />

SAMPLED GRATING DBR LASERS<br />

Some <strong>of</strong> the latest results <strong>of</strong> InP based widely-tunable optical transmitters will<br />

be presented. Widely-tunable transmitters are seen as a crucial component<br />

in Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) communication systems.<br />

<strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> different optical components reduces the costs, insertion losses,<br />

and footprint <strong>of</strong> the device. This work outlines the material design and<br />

fabrication aspects to produce high bandwidth, low drive voltage modulation<br />

without degradation <strong>of</strong> the laser and modulator device characteristics with<br />

optical/electrical crosstalk. Photonic integrated circuits are particularly<br />

susceptible to optical reflections - which can cause excessive chirp, gain<br />

ripple, lasing <strong>of</strong> the Semiconductor Optical Amplifier, higher noise figure, and<br />

inter-modulation distortion. Careful design is required to minimize refractive<br />

index discontinuities in active/passive interfaces, Multi-mode interference<br />

devices, and through angling and flaring at the output waveguide.<br />

With the use <strong>of</strong> a Mach-Zehnder modulator, the chirp parameter can be tailored<br />

to maximize the transmission distance through fiber - particularly important at<br />

high data rates (10Gbit/s). Using traveling wave electrodes in a series push-pull<br />

electrode structure, we are able to demonstrate some <strong>of</strong> the highest speed<br />

widely tunable lasers to date with 40GHz bandwidth. DC extinction Vpi as low<br />

vii


as 0.6V is demonstrated with high saturation power dual SOA structures. This<br />

is all achieved using low k dielectrics (BCB) and highly efficient PN junctions in<br />

which compromises must be made to insure high performance in each<br />

integrated device region.<br />

viii


1975 Born in Sacramento, California<br />

VITA<br />

JONATHON S. BARTON<br />

1993 Bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering and Material Science -<br />

University <strong>of</strong> California, Davis<br />

2003 Intel Fellow<br />

2004 PH.D in Electronic Materials - University <strong>of</strong> California <strong>Santa</strong> <strong>Barbara</strong><br />

LIST <strong>OF</strong> PUBLICATIONS<br />

[1] Mason B, Barton J, Fish GA, Coldren LA, Denbaars SP. Design <strong>of</strong> sampled<br />

grating DBR lasers with integrated semiconductor optical amplifiers. IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.12, no.7, July 2000, pp.762-4.<br />

[2] Blumenthal DJ, Olsson B-E, Rossi G, Dimmick TE, Rau L, Masanovic M,<br />

Lavrova O, Doshi R, Jerphagnon O, Bowers JE, Kaman V, Coldren LA, Barton<br />

J. “All-optical label swapping networks and technologies.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.18, no.12, Dec. 2000, pp.2058-75.<br />

[3] Hanxing Shi, Cohen D, Barton J, Majewski M, Coldren LA, Larson MC, Fish<br />

GA. “Relative intensity noise measurements <strong>of</strong> a widely tunable sampledgrating<br />

DBR laser.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.14, no.6, June<br />

2002, pp.759-61.<br />

[4] Majewski ML, Barton J.S., Coldren LA, Akulova Y, Larson MC. “Direct<br />

intensity modulation in sampled-grating DBR lasers.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.14, no.6, June 2002, pp.747-9.<br />

[5] Shi HX, Cohen DA, Barton J, Majewski M, Coldren LA, Larson MC, Fish<br />

GA. “Dynamic range <strong>of</strong> widely tunable sampled grating DBR lasers.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.38, no.4, 14 Feb. 2002, pp.180-1.<br />

ix


[6] Skogen EJ, Barton JS, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA. “Tunable sampledgrating<br />

DBR lasers using quantum-well intermixing.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.14, no.9, Sept. 2002, pp.1243-5.<br />

[7] Skogen EJ, Barton JS, Denbaars SP, Coldren LA. “A quantum-wellintermixing<br />

process for wavelength-agile photonic integrated circuits.” IEEE<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics, vol.8, no.4, July-Aug. 2002,<br />

pp.863-9.<br />

[8] Raring J.W., E. J. Skogen, L. A. Johansson, M. N. Sysak, J. S. Barton, M.<br />

L. Mašanović, L. A. Coldren Demonstration <strong>of</strong> Widely-Tunable Single-Chip 10<br />

Gb/s Laser-Modulators Using Multiple-Bandgap InGaAsP Quantum-Well<br />

Intermixing, Photonics Technology Letts July 2003.<br />

[9] Barton J.S., Skogen E.J., Mašanović M.L., DenBaars S.P., and Coldren<br />

L.A., “Widely-tunable high-speed transmitters using integrated SGDBRs and<br />

Mach-Zehnder modulators.” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> selected topics in quantum<br />

electronics, Vol. 9, NO. 5, pp.1113-17. September /October 2003.<br />

[10] Coldren LA, Fish GA, Akulova Y, Barton JS, Johansson L, Coldren CW.<br />

“Tunable semiconductor lasers: a tutorial.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology,<br />

vol.22, no.1, Jan. 2004, pp.193-202.<br />

[11] Masanovic M.L., V. Lal, J. A. Summers, J. S. Barton, E. J. Skogen, L. A.<br />

Coldren, and D. J. Blumenthal, "Design and Performance <strong>of</strong> a Monolithically-<br />

Integrated Widely-Tunable All-Optical Wavelength Converter with Independent<br />

Phase Control," accepted for publication in IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, 2004.<br />

[12] Masanovic M.L., V. Lal, J. S. Barton, E. J. Skogen, J. A. Summers, L. Rau,<br />

L. A. Coldren, and D. J. Blumenthal, "Widely-Tunable Monolithically-Integrated<br />

All-Optical Wavelength Converters in InP," to be published in IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Lightwave Technology, 2004.<br />

[13] Hutchinson J.M., J. F. Zheng, J. S. Barton, M. L. Masanovic, M. N. Sysak,<br />

J. A. Henness, L. A. Johansson, D. J. Blumenthal, L. A. Coldren, H. V. Demir,<br />

V. A. Sabnis, O. Fidaner, J. S. Harris, and D. A. B. Miller, " Indium Phosphide<br />

based Wavelength Conversion for High Speed Optical Networks," Intel<br />

Technology Journal, 2004.<br />

[14] Barton JS, Masanovic ML, Sysak MN, Hutchinson JM, Skogen EJ,<br />

Blumenthal DJ, Coldren LA. “2.5-Gb/s error-free wavelength conversion using<br />

a monolithically integrated widely tunable SGDBR-SOA-MZ transmitter and<br />

x


integrated photodetector.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.16, no.6,<br />

June 2004, pp.1531-3.<br />

[15] Masanovic M.L., V. Lal, J. S. Barton, E. J. Skogen, L. A. Coldren, and D.<br />

J. Blumenthal, "Monolithically integrated Mach-Zehnder interferometer<br />

wavelength converter and widely tunable laser in InP," IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol. 15, pp. 1117-19, 2003.<br />

[16] Masanovic M.L., E. J. Skogen, J. S. Barton, J. M. Sullivan, D. J.<br />

Blumenthal, and L. A. Coldren, "Multimode interference-based two-stage 1 * 2<br />

light splitter for compact photonic integrated circuits," IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol. 15, pp. 706-8, 2003.<br />

[17] Skogen EJ, Raring JW, Barton JS, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA. “Postgrowth<br />

control <strong>of</strong> the quantum-well band edge for the monolithic integration <strong>of</strong> widely<br />

tunable lasers and electroabsorption modulators.” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Selected<br />

Topics in Quantum Electronics, vol.9, no.5, Sept.-Oct. 2003, pp.1183-90.<br />

[18] Sysak, M.N., J. S. Barton, L. A. Johansson, J. W. Raring, E. J. Skogen, M.<br />

L. Mašanović, D. Blumenthal, and L. A. Coldren, Single Chip Wavelength<br />

Conversion using a Photocurrent Driven (PD) EA Modulator integrated with a<br />

Widely Tunable Sampled Grating DBR (SGDBR) Laser. Submitted to<br />

Photonics Tech. Letts.<br />

CONFERENCE TALKS<br />

[19] Mason B, Fish GA, Barton J, Coldren LA, DenBaars SP. Characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />

sampled grating DBR lasers with integrated semiconductor optical amplifiers.<br />

Optical Fiber Communication Conference. Technical Digest Postconference<br />

Edition. Trends in Optics and Photonics Vol.37 (IEEE Cat. No. 00CH37079).<br />

Opt. Soc. America. Part vol.1, 2000, pp.193-5 vol.1.<br />

[20] Majewski ML, Barton J, Coldren LA, Akulova Y, Larson MC. “Widely<br />

tunable directly modulated sampled-grating DBR lasers.” Optical Fiber<br />

Communications Conference. (<strong>OF</strong>C). Postconference Technical Digest (IEEE<br />

Cat. No.02CH37339). Opt Soc. America. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.537-8 vol.1.<br />

[21] Barton J, Coldren L, Fish GA. Tunable lasers using sampled grating DBRs.<br />

2001 Digest <strong>of</strong> LEOS Summer Topical Meetings: Advanced Semiconductor<br />

Lasers and Applications/Ultraviolet and Blue Lasers and <strong>The</strong>ir<br />

Applications/Ultralong Haul DWDM Transmission and Networking/WDM<br />

Components (IEEE Cat. No.01TH8572). IEEE. 2001, pp.2 pp. Invited<br />

xi


[22] Skogen EJ, Barton J, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA. “Tunable buried ridge<br />

stripe sampled grating distributed Bragg reflector lasers utilizing quantum well<br />

intermixing.” LEOS 2001. 14th Annual Meeting <strong>of</strong> the IEEE Lasers and Electro-<br />

Optics Society (Cat. No.01CH37242). IEEE. Part vol.1, 2001, pp.169-70 vol.1.<br />

[23] Barton JS., Skogen, E.J. , Masanovic M., S. Denbaars, L. A. Coldren,<br />

“<strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> a Mach-Zehnder Modulator with Sampled Grating Distributed<br />

Bragg Reflector Laser,” Proc. Integrated Photonics Research Conference,<br />

paper no. 1FC3-1, Vancouver, Canada, July 17-19 2002.<br />

[24] Skogen E.J., Barton J.S., DenBaars S.P., Coldren, L.A., “On Tuning<br />

Efficiency <strong>of</strong> Sampled Grating DBR Lasers using Quantum Well Intermixing”,<br />

Proc.Integrated Photonics Research Conference, paper no. IFC2, Vancouver,<br />

Canada July 17-19 2002.<br />

[25] Mašanović M., Skogen E.J., Barton J.S., Sullivan J., Blumenthal D.J.,<br />

Coldren L.A., “Cascaded Multimode Interference-Based 1x2 Light Splitter for<br />

Photonic Integrated Circuits” Integrated Photonics Research Conference,<br />

Vancouver, Canada, July 2002.<br />

[26] Majewski ML, Barton J, Coldren LA, Akulova Y, Fish G. “Wavelength<br />

monitoring in widely tunable sampled-grating DBR lasers integrated with<br />

semiconductor optical amplifiers.” Technical Digest. Summaries <strong>of</strong> papers<br />

presented at the Conference on Lasers and Electro-Optics. Conference Edition<br />

(IEEE Cat. No.02CH37337). Opt. Soc. America. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.414-16<br />

vol.1.<br />

[27] Barton JS, Skogen EJ, Masanovic ML, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA.<br />

“Tailorable chirp using integrated Mach-Zehnder modulators with tunable<br />

sampled grating distributed Bragg reflector lasers.” 2002 IEEE 18th<br />

International Semiconductor Laser Conference. Conference Digest (Cat.<br />

No.02CH37390). paper no. TuB3, Garmisch, Germany (Sept. 29- Oct. 3) IEEE.<br />

2002, pp.49-50.<br />

[28] Skogen EJ, Barton JS, Masanovic ML, Getty JT, DenBaars SP, Coldren<br />

LA. “Use <strong>of</strong> post-growth control <strong>of</strong> the quantum-well band edge for optimized<br />

widely-tunable laser-x devices.” 2002 IEEE 18th International Semiconductor<br />

Laser Conference. Conference Digest (Cat. No.02CH37390). IEEE. 2002,<br />

pp.53-4.<br />

[29] Barton JS, Skogen EJ, Masanovic ML, Raring J, Sysak MN, Johansson L,<br />

DenBaars SP, Coldren LA. “Photonic integrated circuits based on sampledgrating<br />

distributed-Bragg-reflector lasers.” SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng.<br />

xii


Proceedings <strong>of</strong> Spie - the International Society for Optical Engineering,<br />

vol.4998, 2003, pp.43-54. Invited<br />

[30] Mašanović M., Skogen EJ, Barton JS, Lal V, Blumenthal DJ, Coldren LA.<br />

“Demonstration <strong>of</strong> monolithically-integrated InP widely-tunable laser and SOA-<br />

MZI wavelength converter.” 2003 International Conference Indium Phosphide<br />

and Related Materials. Conference Proceedings (Cat. No.03CH37413). IEEE.<br />

2003, pp.289-91. <strong>Santa</strong> <strong>Barbara</strong>, California (May 12-16, 2003)<br />

[31] Skogen E.J., J.S. Barton, J.W. Raring, L.A. Coldren, S.P. DenBaars,<br />

"High Contrast InP/InGaAsP Grating MOCVD Regrowth Using TBA and<br />

TBP", Conference Proceedings from ICMOVPE conference, Hawaii. 2004.<br />

[32] Skogen EJ, Barton JS, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA. “Wavelength agile<br />

photonic integrated circuits using a novel quantum well intermixing process.”<br />

Optical Fiber Communications Conference. (<strong>OF</strong>C). Postconference Technical<br />

Digest. Postdeadline Papers (IEEE Cat. No.02CH37339). Opt Soc. America.<br />

Part vol.2, 2002, pp.FB8-1-3 vol.2.<br />

[33] Johansson LA, Barton JS, Coldren L. “High-performance EAM-integrated<br />

SGDBR laser for WDM microwave photonic applications.” 2002 International<br />

Topical Meeting on Microwave Photonics. Technical Digest (IEEE Cat.<br />

No.02EX638). IEICE. 2002, pp.61-4. Tokyo, Japan.<br />

[34] Barton J. S., Milan L. Mašanović, Matthew N. Sysak, Erik J. Skogen, John<br />

Hutchinson, Daniel J. Blumenthal, Larry A. Coldren, “ A Novel Monolithically-<br />

Integrated Widely-Tunable Wavelength Converter Based on a SGDBR-SOA-<br />

MZ Transmitter and Integrated Photo-Detector,” Proc. Photonics in Switching<br />

2003, paper no. PS.Mo.A9, pp. 34-36, Versailles, France (September 2003)<br />

[35] Mašanović M.L., Roopesh R. Doshi, Vikrant Lal, Jonathon. S. Barton, Larry<br />

A. Coldren, Daniel J. Blumenthal, “First Demonstration <strong>of</strong> both Analog and<br />

Digital Wavelength Conversion using a Monolithically-Integrated InP Widely<br />

Tunable All-Optical Wavelength Converter (TAO-WC),” Proc. Photonics in<br />

Switching 2003, paper no. PS.Mo.A10, pp. 37-39, Versailles, France<br />

(September 2003)<br />

[36] Mašanović M. L., Vikrant Lal, Jonathon S. Barton, Larry A. Coldren and<br />

Daniel J. Blumenthal, “Wavelength Conversion Over a 50nm Input and 21nm<br />

Output Wavelength Range Using a Monolithically Integrated Tunable All-<br />

Optical MMI-MZI (TAOMI) Wavelength Converter,” Proc. ECOC-IOOC 2003,<br />

paper no. Th1.6.5, pp.930-931, Rimini, Italy (September 21-25, 2003)<br />

xiii


[37] Johansson L.A., J.S. Barton, M.L. Masanovic, J.M. Hutchinson, J.A.<br />

Henness, Y.A. Akulova, G.A. Fish and L.A. Coldren, “Integrated Optical<br />

Components for WDM Optical/Wireless Applications,” Proc. Microwave<br />

Photonics, pp. 161-164, Budapest, Hungary (September 2003)<br />

[38] Johansson L.A., J.S. Barton and L.A. Coldren, G.A. Fish, “Generation <strong>of</strong><br />

High-Speed Optical Frequency Modulation Using a Phase Modulator” <strong>OF</strong>C<br />

2004.<br />

[39] Hutchinson J.M., Jonathon S. Barton, Milan L. Mašanović, Matthew N.<br />

Sysak, Jeffrey A. Henness, Leif A. Johansson, Larry A. Coldren, “Monolithically<br />

integrated InP-based tunable wavelength conversion”, Presented at Photonics<br />

West, San Jose, 2004.<br />

[40] Mašanović M.L., Vikrant Lal, Leif A. Johansson, Jonathon S. Barton, Larry<br />

A. Coldren, Daniel J. Blumenthal, “Characterization <strong>of</strong> the Chirp Properties <strong>of</strong> a<br />

Monolithically-Integrated Widely-Tunable All-Optical Wavelength Converter<br />

(TAO-WC)” Proc. LEOS 2003, paper no. TuCC3, pp. 433-434, Tucson,<br />

Arizona (October 2003)<br />

[41] Hutchinson J.M., Jeffery A. Henness, Leif A. Johansson, Jonathon S.<br />

Barton, Milan L. Mašanović, Larry A. Coldren, “2.5 Gb/sec Wavelength<br />

Conversion Using Monolithically-Integrated Photodetector and Directly<br />

Modulated Widely-Tunable SGDBR Laser,” Proc. LEOS 2003 , paper no.<br />

WU4, pp. 650-651, Tucson, Arizona (October 2003)<br />

[42] Raring J.W., E. J. Skogen, L. A. Johansson, M. N. Sysak, J. S. Barton, M.<br />

L. Masanovic, and L. A. Coldren, "Quantum Well Intermixing for Monolithic<br />

<strong>Integration</strong>: A Demonstration <strong>of</strong> Novel Widely-Tunable 10Gb/s Transmitters<br />

and Wavelength Converters," presented at Integrated Photonics Research<br />

Conference, San Francisco, California, USA, 2004.<br />

[43] Masanovic M.L., V. Lal, J. A. Summers, J. S. Barton, E. J. Skogen, L. A.<br />

Coldren, and D. J. Blumenthal, "10 Gbps and 2.5 Gbps error-free operation <strong>of</strong><br />

a monolithically integrated widely-tunable all-optical wavelength converter with<br />

independent phase control and output 35nm tuning range," presented at<br />

Optical Fiber Communications Conference, <strong>OF</strong>C, Los Angeles, California,<br />

USA, 2004.<br />

[44] Choquette KD, Barton JS, Geib KM, Allerman AA, Hindi JJ. Short<br />

wavelength bottom-emitting VCSELs. SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. Proceedings <strong>of</strong><br />

Spie - the International Society for Optical Engineering, vol.3627, 1999, pp.56-<br />

9.<br />

xiv


SYMBOLS AND ACRONYMS<br />

AFM Atomic Force Microscope<br />

BCB Benzocyclobutene<br />

BER Bit Error Rate<br />

CPW Coplanar Waveguide.<br />

CPS Coplanar Stripline<br />

DBR Distributed Bragg Reflector<br />

EAM Electroabsorption Modulator<br />

EO Electo-optic<br />

FESEM Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope<br />

FKE Franz-Keldysh effect<br />

FWHM Full-width Half Maximum<br />

LEO Linear Electrooptic effect<br />

MOCVD Metal-organic chemical vapor deposition<br />

MQW Multiple Quantum Well<br />

MZ Mach-Zehnder<br />

MZM Mach-Zehnder Modulator<br />

PIC Photonic integrated circuit<br />

RIE Reactive Ion Etch<br />

SOA Semiconductor Optical Amplifier<br />

SEM Scanning Electron Microscope<br />

SIMS Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy<br />

SGDBR Sampled Grating Distributed Bragg Reflector (laser)<br />

SMSR Side Mode Suppression Ratio<br />

TW Traveling wave<br />

QCSE Quantum Confined start effect<br />

QWI Quantum Well Intermixing<br />

WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexing<br />

WG Waveguide<br />

SYMBOLS<br />

A. amplitude factor,<br />

� damping factor,<br />

�r . Angular relaxation resonance frequency.<br />

go differential gain<br />

�i internal quantum efficiency<br />

v cavity volume<br />

xv


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />

I have been lucky to have the opportunity to work with a great set <strong>of</strong> people in a<br />

first-rate facility that truly allows the full process <strong>of</strong> events to take place – from<br />

MOCVD growth, to processing, to complicated RF testing <strong>of</strong> the devices. This<br />

work would not be possible without the help <strong>of</strong> my committee members which<br />

span a wide knowledge base – giving me the opportunity to grow in the<br />

MOCVD lab under Steve DenBaars, processing expertise from Evelyn Hu, RF<br />

experience from Nadir Dagli, Opto-electronic systems work from Dan<br />

Blumenthal, and optoelectronic design expertise from Larry Coldren. Everyone<br />

in the Coldren group has made an impact in one way or another. Special<br />

thanks to Erik Skogen for showing me how to grow in MOCVD and process InP<br />

based materials, Beck Mason and Greg Fish for helping me in my early career<br />

in SGDBR design and testing, Dan L<strong>of</strong>green for showing me the intricacies <strong>of</strong><br />

MATLAB. Milan Mašanović and Leif Johansson for helping me out with RF<br />

testing. <strong>The</strong> folks at Agility Communications who helped with some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

regrowths and AR coating runs. Also, thanks to Intel for providing me with the<br />

2003 Intel fellowship. Last but not least, special thanks to Jennifer Hale, who<br />

has endeared the long hours and stress.<br />

xvi


INTRODUCTION<br />

Photonic integrated circuits[11] are being pursued to keep up with the ever-<br />

increasing desire for high optical bandwidth with a small footprint, high power,<br />

cost effective packaging and high degree <strong>of</strong> functionality. With the recent<br />

downturn in the telecom market, optical components that will provide value to<br />

optical networks at low cost are particularly desired. <strong>The</strong> cost primarily comes<br />

from packaging and the yield improvement <strong>of</strong> chips in tunable laser fabrication.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> this, tunable lasers are seen as able to provide value by the<br />

integration <strong>of</strong> lasers with optical amplifiers and modulators on one chip<br />

reducing fiber alignments from as high as 5 in the discrete case to 1 in the<br />

integrated case. Each fiber alignment adds 3-5dB <strong>of</strong> insertion loss which<br />

demonstrates the obvious desire to integrate. Also integrated devices enable<br />

new small form factor 10 Gbit/s transponders – in which packaging <strong>of</strong><br />

conventional bulky discrete parts simply is not possible due to space<br />

limitations.<br />

1


Mach-Zehnder SOA SGDBR<br />

Fig. 1. Integrated SGDBR-SOA-MZ<br />

This dissertation explores the integration <strong>of</strong> interferometric Mach-Zehnder (MZ)<br />

modulators, semiconductor optical amplifiers (SOA) and sampled grating<br />

(SGDBR) tunable lasers as illustrated in fig. 1. This introduction will attempt to<br />

outline the choices <strong>of</strong> opto-electronic building blocks available to achieve high-<br />

performance optical transmission. As will be outlined in the following chapters,<br />

these devices are capable <strong>of</strong> achieving 10 Gbit/s operation with tailorable chirp.<br />

Monolithic integration <strong>of</strong> these devices presents a number <strong>of</strong> challenges.<br />

Optimization <strong>of</strong> the laser and modulator structures needs to take into account<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten competing design specifications. Additionally, careful design is<br />

necessary to minimize optical reflections[1,227,224] and retain single mode<br />

operation. Electrical crosstalk must be reduced to control unwanted chirp and<br />

improve the tuning mechanism. Also, thermal crosstalk plays a role in the<br />

2


integrated device performance[25]. An in-depth look at these integration<br />

challenges is presented in Chapter 1.<br />

Desire for increased bandwidth has prompted the change <strong>of</strong> SONNET<br />

standards as shown in table 1. Suppliers are gearing up to provide data rates<br />

greater than 40 Gb/s to meet perceived bandwidth constraints as fiber is being<br />

implemented in not only long-haul applications, but increasingly, metro<br />

networks as well.<br />

Table 1. Sonnet Data Rate<br />

Rates<br />

OC-12 622 Mb/s<br />

OC-48 2.5 Gb/s<br />

OC-192 10 Gb/s<br />

OC-768 40 Gb/s<br />

Cost has also driven the push for devices that enable CWDM and DWDM<br />

systems as new fiber tends to be expensive to deploy – however replacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> transmitters and receivers considerably less expensive. System designers<br />

generally would like single devices that cover the C- Band (1530-1562) and/or<br />

L-Band (1565-1610) and S-Band(1485-1520).<br />

Another major concern for communication applications– particularly with higher<br />

bit rates (10 and 40 Gbit/s) is the control <strong>of</strong> a parameter called chirp. Chirp (�)<br />

is defined as the ratio between the change in the real part to the imaginary part<br />

<strong>of</strong> the refractive index.<br />

3


�n<br />

real<br />

� �<br />

[1]<br />

�n<br />

This parameter strongly affects the maximum transmission distance possible<br />

before signal regeneration. Figure 2a&b shows the influence <strong>of</strong> the chirp<br />

parameter [�] on the transmission distance for standard non dispersion shifted<br />

fiber.<br />

Fig 2.A &2B Dispersion Penalty vs transmission distance for OC-192 signal 9.95 Gbit/s for various alpha parameters for<br />

standard non-dispersion shifted Corning SMF-28 fiber. Maximum transmission distance for 10 and 40 Gbit/s signal<br />

<strong>The</strong> dispersion penalty is given by[14] :<br />

imag<br />

2 2<br />

2 2<br />

� � 5log<br />

[( 1�<br />

8��B<br />

L)<br />

� ( 8�B<br />

L)<br />

]<br />

[2]<br />

c<br />

10<br />

Where � is chirp parameter, � is group velocity dispersion parameter, B is the bit rate, L is the<br />

fiber length. standard Corning SMF-28 fiber � =16.45 ps/nm/km at 1555nm<br />

This chirp is <strong>of</strong>ten split into three major components[521] including:<br />

1.Transient chirp due to the sudden changes <strong>of</strong> the current in the device<br />

2. Adiabatic chirp due to the induced change in refractive index<br />

4


3. <strong>The</strong>rmal chirp due to the large resistance change – and resulting<br />

heating/cooling <strong>of</strong> the active region.<br />

<strong>The</strong> power penalty is also influenced by degradation <strong>of</strong> the extinction ratio as<br />

shown in fig. 3, the signal to noise ratio, and jitter [24].<br />

Fig. 3. Power penalty due to extinction ratio degradation<br />

<strong>The</strong> total transmission distance is <strong>of</strong>ten described at the point at which the total<br />

power penalty reaches 2dB. With proper chirp management, for a 2dB power<br />

penalty at 10Gbit/s – one can transmit over 125km in between repeaters. At<br />

40Gbit/s, this distance is dramatically lower – just above 7km. This means that<br />

chirp management is crucial at high bit rates – and for 40 Gbit/s this is more<br />

important than high output power as the signal needs to be regenerated<br />

frequently without dispersion compensation.<br />

5


First we should explore the modulation possibilities <strong>of</strong> tunable lasers. In<br />

principle tunable lasers may be either directly modulated 1 or externally<br />

modulated 2 with either a separate modulator or as an integrated device. Next<br />

we will compare the performance <strong>of</strong> different external modulator<br />

designs/materials which typically use LiNbO3, AlGaAs/GaAs, Polymers, or InP<br />

in interferometric Mach-Zehnder modulators or in Electro-absorption based<br />

modulators InP devices. Chapter 1 explores the integration platform and the<br />

influence <strong>of</strong> design and materials on laser, Semiconductor Optical Amplifier<br />

(SOA) and modulator properties and an analysis <strong>of</strong> the reflections in the<br />

device. Others [306,322] have attempted integration <strong>of</strong> MZ modulators with<br />

lasers, however without very careful design the performance can suffer from<br />

optical reflections. In fact in some cases these problems have lead people to<br />

believe that integration yields diminishing returns – and lead to exploration <strong>of</strong><br />

the copackaging <strong>of</strong> discrete components[26]. In chapter 2 we will examine the<br />

material properties with respect to the growth structure and doping <strong>of</strong> the<br />

device.<br />

1 As discussed in Section 2<br />

2 As discussed in Section 3<br />

6


0.1 DIRECT MODULATION<br />

<strong>The</strong> direct modulation <strong>of</strong> widely-tunable lasers is desirable[15] – due to its<br />

simplicity and reduced optical absorption path. Fairly large optical bandwidths<br />

have been demonstrated for the direct modulation <strong>of</strong> DFB lasers, narrowly<br />

tunable DBR lasers 3 , and SGDBR lasers 4 . A demonstration <strong>of</strong> the small-signal<br />

modulation response S21 for an SGDBR is shown in fig. 4. As the bias to the<br />

laser is increased the response exhibits less dampening.<br />

Intensity Modulation Magnitude (dB)<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

-2<br />

-4<br />

-6<br />

-8<br />

-10<br />

50mA<br />

60mA<br />

70mA<br />

80mA<br />

100mA<br />

120mA<br />

150mA<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br />

Frequency (GHz)<br />

P[RF]= -20dBm<br />

Fig. 4 Directly Modulated SGDBR – laser provided by Agility Comm. Small-signal intensity<br />

modulation responses <strong>of</strong> the SGDBR laser for different gain section currents. λ = 1552.72 nm.<br />

A maximum in the modulation bandwidth occurs for short cavity lengths –<br />

taking into account the carrier-density dependent differential gain and the<br />

3 �31GHz [27]<br />

4 6-8 GHz [28-30]<br />

7


photon lifetime. However, in order to form a SGDBR the gain section length<br />

generally needs to be fairly long 5 to achieve enough gain for operation. At<br />

these lengths one can expect a maximum bandwidth on the order <strong>of</strong> 15-20<br />

GHz ignoring parasitics[312]. A higher internal loss leads to a reduced photon<br />

lifetime – and improved modulation bandwidth.<br />

High-speed direct modulation <strong>of</strong> SGDBR lasers requires high differential gain,<br />

low nonlinear gain saturation, high optical confinement, and short and narrow<br />

cavities. <strong>The</strong> small signal frequency response is given by[312]:<br />

� 1 ��<br />

1 � A<br />

H ( w)<br />

� � ��<br />

�<br />

[3]<br />

2 2<br />

�1�<br />

j��<br />

s ��1<br />

� j��<br />

RC � �r<br />

� � � j��<br />

where A is an amplitude factor, � is the damping factor, �r is the angular relaxation resonance<br />

frequency.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first two terms in (1) correspond to the low-frequency limitations imposed<br />

on the modulation response. <strong>The</strong> first term depends on the carrier transport<br />

time (�s) over the separate carrier confinement region, the second term is<br />

determined by the time constant �RC <strong>of</strong> the RC parasitic elements <strong>of</strong> the chip.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se two parameters are <strong>of</strong>ten related through the so called K-factor. <strong>The</strong><br />

K-factor calculated for standard SGDBR lasers is close to 0.6-ns, therefore the<br />

maximum achievable 3-dB modulation bandwidth will be 14.8-GHz. <strong>The</strong> K-<br />

Factor is related to the maximum achievable bandwidth by:<br />

5 >450�m<br />

8


<strong>The</strong> K factor is given by<br />

f<br />

K �<br />

max<br />

�<br />

�2�<br />

2<br />

�<br />

� K<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� ( � p �<br />

v g<br />

4 2<br />

where go is the differential gain, vg is group velocity, � is dielectric constant. Published K-factors<br />

are usually in the range 0.13 to 2.4ns.<br />

<strong>The</strong> maximum modulation bandwidth is limited by RC parasitics, device<br />

heating, and maximum power handling capabilities [312].<br />

Unfortunately, modulating the gain section will modulate the phase and front<br />

mirror sections due to current leakage. So without adequate isolation between<br />

the sections, this can cause the wavelength to change – broadening the<br />

linewidth <strong>of</strong> the laser known as chirp. When adjacent electrodes are not biased<br />

– the impedance is high leading to little modulation [314] however the isolation<br />

resistance decreases with frequency. Fortunately, since the SGDBR consists <strong>of</strong><br />

multiple sections, modulating the gain section alone will only affect part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

phase within the cavity[330]. Chirp is fairly large and positive for direct<br />

modulation <strong>of</strong> widely tunable lasers as typical linewidth enhancement factors<br />

range from 2-9[28] depending on the tuning range <strong>of</strong> the laser and the<br />

placement <strong>of</strong> the grating with respect to gain spectra[314]. This means the<br />

maximum transmission distance before a repeater is necessary is fairly short –<br />

9<br />

g<br />

o<br />

)<br />

[4]<br />

[5]


on the order <strong>of</strong> 10’s <strong>of</strong> km as shown in fig 1. For small-signal modulation the<br />

chirp during direct modulation can be written as:<br />

�v<br />

��P<br />

� f<br />

� 1�<br />

�<br />

f m 2P<br />

� f<br />

where fg is the characteristic frequency <strong>of</strong> the chirp and � is the chirp parameter, also termed<br />

the linewidth enhancement factor.<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> approaches have been employed to minimize the chirp <strong>of</strong> direct<br />

modulation. Chirp has been shown to be improved with tensile-strained MQW<br />

material – giving a smaller linewidth enhancement factor (�). Also,<br />

‘prechirping’ has been employed which involves the simultaneous modulation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the laser and an external modulator at the same time[532].<br />

0.2 EXTERNAL MODULATION<br />

External modulators refer to modulators that operate external to the cavity <strong>of</strong><br />

the laser. <strong>The</strong> most common materials for use in external modulators are<br />

LiNbO3, electro-optic polymers and III-V compound semiconductors. LiNbO3<br />

has been the material <strong>of</strong> choice due to its high linear electro-optic coefficient<br />

g<br />

m<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

and low optical loss(>5dB) as shown in table 2.<br />

10<br />

2<br />

[6]


Table 2<br />

Chemical Formula LiNbO3<br />

Crystal Structure Hexagonal<br />

Space Group: R3c<br />

Point Group: 3m<br />

Lattice Parameters, Е a = 5.148<br />

c = 13.863<br />

Density, g/cm 3 4.64<br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal Expansion Coefficients, °<br />

C -1<br />

aa = 16.7 . 10 -6<br />

ac = 4.0 . 10 -6<br />

Transparency Range, mm 0.4 - 5.0<br />

Propagation loss 0.2dB/cm [4]<br />

Index <strong>of</strong> refraction (no) 2.15 (typically) [4]<br />

Electro-Optical Coefficients, pmV -1 r33 = 30.8; r31 = 8.6; r22 = 3.4;r51 = 28<br />

Where the index shift is given by:<br />

3<br />

no<br />

2<br />

n � �r33E z � s33E<br />

� � [7]<br />

2<br />

r33 is the linear electro-optic coefficient and s33 is the quadratic coefficient – which is negligible<br />

with LiNbO3.<br />

Also, with traveling wave electrodes, and Ti-diffused ridge waveguide optical<br />

structures, LiNbO3 modulators have been demonstrated with bandwidths<br />

greater than 100GHz[28] or with drive voltages


Table 3. Comparison <strong>of</strong> LiNbO3 and InP Modulators<br />

Material<br />

System<br />

Ref Vpi<br />

3dB Frequency Extinction Figure <strong>of</strong><br />

Response<br />

(GHz)<br />

Ratio (dB) Merit<br />

(GHz/V)<br />

Comments<br />

LiNbO3 [32] Noguchi 1998. 5.1 105 20 20.6 Highest speed to date<br />

[21] Sugiyama M et. al.<br />

<strong>OF</strong>C 2002’<br />

0.9 24.4 22 Lowest Drive voltage LiNbO3<br />

Mitomi, 1998. 3 40 13.3<br />

– suitable for SiGe driver<br />

[23] Dolfi D. W. 1992. 12.3 50 3.58


A more desirable and less costly approach with respect to packaging would be<br />

to integrate the modulator with the laser chip. Common modulator designs<br />

employ either the Franz-Keldysh effect (FKE)[319] or the Multi-Quantum Well<br />

(MQW) Quantum Confined Stark effect (QCSE)[339] with either electro-<br />

absorption (EA) modulators or Mach-Zehnder phase modulators. Additionally,<br />

electro-absorption modulators can be either designed as lumped circuit<br />

components or in more sophisticated traveling wave designs to reach<br />

bandwidths exceeding 50GHz[16,17]. Of course, each design has trade<strong>of</strong>fs.<br />

Key parameters to consider are drive voltage, bandwidth, optical power-<br />

handling capability, bias stability, wavelength sensitivity and insertion loss. Due<br />

to the decoupling <strong>of</strong> the laser functions from the modulation, external<br />

modulation leads to a simpler tuning mechanism <strong>of</strong> the SGDBR, with a simpler<br />

layout <strong>of</strong> the control circuits, and the prevention <strong>of</strong> chirping and mode-hopping.<br />

Additionally, the extinction ratio can be far more desirable for external<br />

modulation[214]. External modulators, however introduce loss to the<br />

transmitted power due to their coupling and insertion losses. To compensate<br />

for these losses optical amplifiers are typically added to the transmitter or the<br />

laser must be very high power (>10dBm). This approach leads to increased<br />

costs and complexity <strong>of</strong> the transmitter. Another inconvenience associated with<br />

the use <strong>of</strong> semiconductor modulators is the wavelength sensitivity <strong>of</strong> their<br />

extinction ratio which is present in both Franz-Keldysh(FKE) and Quantum<br />

13


Confined Stark-effect(QCSE) based EAMs and Mach Zehnders. <strong>The</strong> different<br />

types <strong>of</strong> modulators will be outlined in the following sections.<br />

0.3 ELECTRO-ABSORPTION MODULATORS<br />

EAMs are attractive due to their short length (75-400µm), ability to integrate<br />

with lasers[31], and low drive voltages. Most discrete devices are based on the<br />

QCSE – that <strong>of</strong>fers superior attenuation to FKE devices. However, QCSE<br />

devices although well suited to single wavelength lasers such as DFBs, can be<br />

highly wavelength dependent without careful design – and not as desirable for<br />

widely-tunable laser integration. FKE devices exhibit a lowering <strong>of</strong> the chirp<br />

parameter with higher reverse biases - however achieving negative chirp is<br />

difficult as demonstrated in fig. 5 without very high biases and large insertion<br />

losses.<br />

Chirp factor, alpha<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1530 nm<br />

1545 nm<br />

1560 nm<br />

0<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3<br />

Reverse bias (V)<br />

Fig 5. Alpha parameter vs wavelength for a FKE EA-Modulator. Printed with permission from L.<br />

A. Johansson<br />

14


EAMs, particularly with high power integrated lasers, will dissipate large<br />

amounts <strong>of</strong> power due to the photocurrent generated in the EAM. <strong>The</strong> thermal<br />

management <strong>of</strong> integrated devices require careful material design, heatsinking,<br />

and thick metal electrodes to dissipate heat[25].<br />

Having said this, quantum well intermixed shallow well EAMs have shown<br />

exceptional promise [228] in providing wideband operation with high bandwidth,<br />

low drive voltage and negative chirp[34]. EAMs based on QCSE have shown<br />

that the chirp parameter may be set negative/positive by adjusting the bias<br />

voltage – <strong>of</strong> course increases in the bias results in more optical loss[34].<br />

0.4 MACH-ZEHNDER MODULATORS<br />

Mach-Zehnder modulators are a class <strong>of</strong> interferometric based modulators that<br />

rely on the relative phase shift <strong>of</strong> one branch with respect to the other to<br />

achieve partial – to full canceling <strong>of</strong> the signal at the output as shown in fig. 6.<br />

15


Intensity<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

Voltage (V)<br />

Fig. 6 Mach-Zehnder configuration and idealized light intensity output at the output.<br />

In practice, particularly with the use <strong>of</strong> InGaAsP waveguides with compositions<br />

corresponding to the emission wavelengths close to the operating wavelength,<br />

this index change is accompanied by an absorption change as well – due to the<br />

Kramers-Kronig relations.<br />

<strong>The</strong> argument for using Mach-Zehnder modulators consists <strong>of</strong> a few reasons.<br />

First <strong>of</strong> all, MZMs <strong>of</strong>fer better power handling than EAMs since less<br />

photocurrent is generated in most designs and the optical power is split into<br />

two. High optical bandwidths (>10 GHz) are achievable, with fairly low drive<br />

voltages Vpi


the device is ‘<strong>of</strong>f’ without bias. <strong>The</strong> other advantage <strong>of</strong> these devices is their<br />

higher wavelength independence which is beneficial for WDM systems.<br />

Despite the above advantages, Mach Zehnder devices must be fairly long in<br />

comparison with EAMs. <strong>The</strong> length <strong>of</strong> the modulator is an optimization<br />

between the insertion loss and efficiency <strong>of</strong> the modulator. Most Mach-<br />

Zehnder devices provide phase-modulation due to the linear electro-optic<br />

effect. <strong>The</strong> devices shown in this dissertation make use <strong>of</strong> carrier based<br />

effects and electric field based effects – that are fairly efficient by designing the<br />

waveguide bandgap close to operating wavelength and doping the waveguide.<br />

Doing this makes the device more efficient and compact at the expense <strong>of</strong> bias<br />

dependent absorption loss and wavelength dependence as the device is a<br />

cross between an EAM and typical MZ modulator. <strong>The</strong>se losses can be<br />

mitigated by integration <strong>of</strong> a laser. Unlike LiNbO3 modulators, high<br />

performance InP based Mach-Zehnder modulators induce considerable loss<br />

with reverse bias due to the Franz-Keldysh effect.<br />

0.5 MACH-ZEHDNER BIASING APPROACHES<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are a number <strong>of</strong> different approaches to biasing MZ modulators as<br />

shown in table 4. <strong>The</strong> simplest approach uses a single RF input on one<br />

branch. <strong>The</strong> drive voltage requirements may be reduced by using a push-pull<br />

bias scheme. By using both the normal data output and inverting output from a<br />

17


modulator driver, the drive voltage requirement for each is cut in half with a<br />

parallel push-pull bias scheme. In Chapter 3, lumped modulators are<br />

presented using the above modulation approaches and the performance<br />

explored with respect to efficiency and speed – and the relations to material<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> the passivation dielectric and semiconductor materials.<br />

Alternatively, by using a series push-pull configuration on the two modulator<br />

sections, the bandwidth can be roughly doubled with the same drive voltage as<br />

the single-sided case (see Chap. 4). <strong>The</strong> ultimate in figure-<strong>of</strong>-merit is achieved<br />

with the dual RF push-pull modulation approach. This uses both RF inputs with<br />

4 electrodes to produce two sets <strong>of</strong> series push-pull electrodes. This not only<br />

doubles the bandwidth with respect to the single sided case – but additionally<br />

requires half the drive voltage. For an integrated modulator with a high power<br />

tunable laser – the insertion loss is not as much <strong>of</strong> a problem as the drive<br />

voltage and bandwidth. <strong>The</strong>se devices are also shown in chapter 4.<br />

18


Table 4 MZ Bias Techniques<br />

Single-<br />

Sided<br />

Modulation<br />

Doublesided<br />

Parallel<br />

push-pull<br />

Doublesided<br />

Series<br />

Push-pull<br />

Dual RF<br />

Series<br />

Push-pull<br />

Bandwidth Voltage Device<br />

Length<br />

Advantages Disadvantages<br />

B Vpi L Simple<br />

Configuration Easy<br />

Not highest<br />

figure <strong>of</strong> merit.<br />

to get negative<br />

B Vpi/2 L<br />

chirp – harder for 0<br />

chirp<br />

Utilize both<br />

inverting and non-<br />

2 RF<br />

more<br />

inputs<br />

inverting<br />

from driver<br />

outputs complexity<br />

2B Vpi L Higher<br />

better<br />

speed,<br />

wavelength<br />

Requires<br />

decoupling<br />

sensitivity. Easy to and bias<br />

get 0 chirp – more circuitry.<br />

difficult to get Semi-<br />

negative chirp insulating<br />

substrate<br />

necessary.<br />

is<br />

2B Vpi/2 2L Highest<br />

merit<br />

figure<br />

–<br />

<strong>of</strong><br />

for<br />

4 electrodes.<br />

Highest<br />

integrated devices. complexity –<br />

good isolation<br />

is necessary<br />

Chapter 4 examines the higher speed series push-pull devices. Although<br />

lumped electrode devices operate at sufficient bandwidths to enable 10 Gbit/s<br />

operation, even higher speeds are possible by taking advantage <strong>of</strong> traveling<br />

wave effects[5,6,16,19,23]. <strong>The</strong>se devices exhibit higher optical bandwidth,<br />

and with improved transmission line characteristics, lower return losses (S11).<br />

Finally Chapter 5 gives some comparison <strong>of</strong> performance – with respect to the<br />

chirp and bandwidth <strong>of</strong> different designs. Additionally, a conclusion and future<br />

work session explores the gains that could be made to the device with<br />

improved doping, bias schemes, etc. as well as more complex PICs that could<br />

be made such as photocurrent-driven wavelength converters.<br />

19


0.6 TRAVELING WAVE DEVICES<br />

Traveling wave modulators have electrodes that are transmission lines to<br />

distribute the capacitance over the whole device length. For lumped electrode<br />

devices, low drive voltages require long devices, however large bandwidths<br />

require short devices.<br />

Fig. 6 Scanning Electron Microscope image <strong>of</strong> traveling wave electrode device<br />

Traveling wave devices such as shown in Fig. 6 are not limited by the RC time<br />

constant so they may be made longer to achieve superior extinction and lower<br />

drive voltages. <strong>The</strong> maximum length <strong>of</strong> the electrodes is limited primarily by<br />

the optical and electrical propagation losses. Optical losses can be high if<br />

doped waveguides are used 6 , and microwave loss can be high if highly doped<br />

layers are underneath the contacts. TW structures benefit greatly by<br />

decreasing the capacitance per unit length and lowering the microwave losses.<br />

6 where 10cm -1 is typical for a SGDBR structure with 3�m wide ridge<br />

20


This increases the modulator impedance and the microwave phase velocity. A<br />

more extensive look at these designs is presented in Chap. 4.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] Brosson P, Delansay P. “Modeling <strong>of</strong> the static and dynamic responses <strong>of</strong><br />

an integrated laser Mach-Zehnder modulator and comparison with an<br />

integrated laser EA modulator.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.16,<br />

no.12, Dec. 1998, pp.2407-18.<br />

[2] Mendoza-Alvarez JG, Coldren LA, Alping A, Yan RH, Hausken T, Lee K,<br />

Pedrotti K. “Analysis <strong>of</strong> depletion edge translation lightwave modulators.”<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.6, no.6, June 1988, pp.793-808.<br />

[3] Koren U, Koch TL, Presting H, Miller BI. “InGaAs/InP multiple quantum<br />

well waveguide phase modulator.” Applied Physics Letters, vol.50, no.7,<br />

16 Feb. 1987, pp.368-70.<br />

[4] Dagli N. “Wide-bandwidth lasers and modulators for RF photonics.” IEEE<br />

Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.47, no.7, pt.2, July<br />

1999, pp.1151-71.<br />

[5] Li GL, Sun CK, Pappert SA, Chen WX, Yu PKL. ”Ultrahigh-speed travelingwave<br />

electroabsorption modulator-design and analysis.” IEEE<br />

Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.47, no.7, pt.2, July<br />

1999, pp.1177-83.<br />

[6] Zhang CZ, Yi-Jen Chiu, Abraham P, Bowers JE. “25 GHz polarizationinsensitive<br />

electroabsorption modulators with traveling-wave electrodes.”<br />

IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.11, no.2, Feb. 1999, pp.191-3.<br />

[7] Walker RG. “High-speed III-V semiconductor intensity modulators.” IEEE<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.27, no.3, March 1991, pp.654-67.<br />

[8] Chin MK, Yu PKL, Chang WSC. “Optimization <strong>of</strong> multiple quantum well<br />

structures for waveguide electroabsorption modulators.” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Quantum Electronics, vol.27, no.3, March 1991, pp.696-701.<br />

[9] Chin M.K., “Comparitive analysis <strong>of</strong> the performance limits <strong>of</strong> Franz-<br />

Keldysh effect and quantum-confined Stark effect electroabsorption<br />

21


waveguide modulators”, IEE Proc. Optoelectron. Vol 142. No. 2., April<br />

1995.<br />

[10] Tipping A.K., G. Parry, P. Claxton, “Comparison <strong>of</strong> the limits in<br />

performance <strong>of</strong> multiple quantum well and Franz-Keldysh InGaAs/InP<br />

electroabsorption modulators”, IEE. Proc. Vol.136, Pt J, No. 4, August<br />

1989.<br />

[11] Koch TL, Koren U. “Semiconductor photonic integrated circuits.” IEEE<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.27, no.3, March 1991, pp.641-53.<br />

[12] Chin M.K., “An Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Performance <strong>of</strong> Franz-Keldysh<br />

Electroabsorption Waveguide Modulators”, IEEE. Photonics Tech. Lett.<br />

Vol. 7, No. 3, March 1995.<br />

[13] Rolland C, Tar<strong>of</strong> LE, Somani A. “Multigigabit networks: the challenge. “<br />

IEEE Lts, vol.3, no.2, May 1992, pp.16-26.<br />

[14] Agrawal, Govind P. , “Fiber-Optic Communication Systems” Second Ed.<br />

Wiley Series in Microwave and Optical Engineering 1997.<br />

[15] Morthier G, Sarlet G, Baets R, O'Dowd R, Ishii H, Yoshikuni Y. “<strong>The</strong> direct<br />

modulation bandwidth <strong>of</strong> widely tunable DBR laser diodes.” [Conference<br />

Paper] Conference Digest. 2000 IEEE 17th International Semiconductor<br />

Laser Conference. (Cat. No.00CH37092). IEEE. 2000, pp.87-8.<br />

[16] Akage Y, Kawano K, Oku S, Iga R, Okamoto H, Miyamoto Y, Takeuchi H.<br />

“Wide bandwidth <strong>of</strong> over 50 GHz travelling-wave electrode<br />

electroabsorption modulator integrated DFB lasers.” Electronics Letters,<br />

vol.37, no.5, 1 March 2001, pp.299-300.<br />

[17] Kawanishi H, Yamauchi Y, Mineo N, Shibuya Y, Mural H, Yamada K,<br />

Wada H. “EAM-integrated DFB laser modules with more than 40-GHz<br />

bandwidth.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.13, no.9, Sept. 2001,<br />

pp.954-6.<br />

[18] Chin MK. “On the figures <strong>of</strong> merit for electroabsorption waveguide<br />

modulators.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.4, no.7, July 1992,<br />

pp.726-8.<br />

22


[19] Pascher W, Den Besten JH, Caprioli D, Leljtens X, Smit M, Van Dijk R.<br />

“Modelling and design <strong>of</strong> a travelling-wave electro-optic modulator on<br />

InP.” Kluwer Academic Publishers. Optical & Quantum Electronics, vol.35,<br />

no.4-5, March-April 2003, pp.453-64.<br />

[20] Tsuzuki K, Ishibashi T, Ito T, Oku S, Shibata Y, Iga R, Kondo Y, Tohmori<br />

Y. “40 Gbit/s n-i-n InP Mach-Zehnder modulator with a pi voltage <strong>of</strong> 2.2<br />

V.” Electronics Letters, vol.39, no.20, 2 Oct. 2003, pp.1464-6.<br />

[21] Sugiyama M, Doi M, Taniguchi S, Nakazawa T, Onaka H. Driver-less 40<br />

Gb/s LiNbO/sub 3/ modulator with sub-1 V drive voltage. Optical Fiber<br />

Communications Conference. (<strong>OF</strong>C). Postconference Technical Digest.<br />

Postdeadline Papers (IEEE Cat. No.02CH37339). Opt Soc. America. Part<br />

vol.2, 2002, pp.FB6-1 vol.2.<br />

[22] Noguchi K, Miyazawa H, Mitomi O. 75 GHz broadband Ti:LiNbO/sub 3/<br />

optical modulator with ridge structure. Electronics Letters, vol.30, no.12, 9<br />

June 1994, pp.949-51.<br />

[23] Dolfi DW, Ranganath TR. “50 GHz velocity-matched broad wavelength<br />

LiNbO/sub 3/ modulator with multimode active section.” Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.28, no.13, 18 June 1992, pp.1197-8.<br />

[24] Dorgeuille F, Devaux F. “On the transmission performances and the chirp<br />

parameter <strong>of</strong> a multiple-quantum-well electroabsorption modulator.” IEEE<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.30, no.11, Nov. 1994, pp.2565-72.<br />

[25] Kozodoy P, Strand T, Akulova Y, Fish G, Schow C, Ping Koh, Zhixi Bian,<br />

Christ<strong>of</strong>ferson J, Shakouri A. “<strong>The</strong>rmal effects in monolithically integrated<br />

tunable laser transmitters.” Twentieth Annual IEEE Semiconductor<br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal Measurement and Management Symposium (IEEE Cat.<br />

No.04CH37545). IEEE. 2004, pp.177-83.<br />

[26] Anderson K. “Design and manufacturability issues <strong>of</strong> a co-packaged<br />

DFB/MZ module.” 1999 Proceedings. 49th Electronic Components and<br />

Technology Conference (Cat. No.99CH36299). IEEE. 1999, pp.197-200.<br />

[27] Kjebon O, Schatz R, Lourdudoss S, Nilsson S, Stalnacke B, Backbom L.<br />

“30 GHz direct modulation bandwidth in detuned loaded InGaAsP DBR<br />

lasers at 1.55 um wavelength.” Electronics Letters, vol.33, no.6, 13<br />

March 1997, pp.488-9.<br />

[28] Mason B., S. L. Lee, M. E. Heimbuch, and L. A. Coldren, “Directly<br />

modulated sampled grating DBR lasers for long-haul WDM<br />

23


communication systems”, IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett., vol. 9, pp. 377-<br />

379, March 1997<br />

[29] San-Liang Lee, Mark, E. Heimbuch, Dan A. Tauber, Larry A Coldren,<br />

“Direct Modulation <strong>of</strong> widely tunable sampled grating DBR lasers. SPIE<br />

Vol 2690/223. pg 64-71.<br />

[30] San-Liang Lee, D. A. Tauber, V. Jayaraman, M.E. Heimbuch, L.A.<br />

Coldren, “Dynamic Responses <strong>of</strong> Widely Tunable Sampled Grating DBR<br />

Lasers”, IEEE. Photonics. Tech. Lett., Vol. 8., No.12, Dec. 1996.<br />

[31] Takeuchi J., K. Tsuzuki, K. Sato, M. Yamamoto, Y. Itaya, A. Sano, M.<br />

Yoneyama, T. Otsuji, “NRZ Operation at 40 Gb/s <strong>of</strong> a compact module<br />

containing an MQW electroabsorption modulator integrated with a DFB<br />

laser” IEEE. Phot. Tech. Letts. Vol. 9, No. 5, May 1997.<br />

[32] Noguchi K, Mitomi O, Miyazawa H. “Millimeter-wave Ti:LiNbO3 optical<br />

modulators.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.16, no.4, April 1998,<br />

pp.615-19.<br />

[33] Raring J. W., E. J. Skogen, L. A. Johansson, M. N. Sysak, J. S. Barton, M.<br />

L. Mašanović, L. A. Coldren “Demonstration <strong>of</strong> Widely-Tunable Single-<br />

Chip 10 Gb/s Laser-Modulators Using Multiple-Bandgap InGaAsP<br />

Quantum-Well Intermixing” Photonics Technology Letts. July 2003.<br />

24


Chapter 1<br />

Device <strong>Integration</strong><br />

This dissertation demonstrates an integration platform to enable widely-tunable<br />

laser functionality, semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA) technology, as well as<br />

efficient and high-speed modulation all on one chip. In this chapter we explore<br />

the laser, SOA, and modulator integration considerations. First we look at the<br />

SGDBR laser design and its suitability for integration. Next the SOA design is<br />

examined and finally the susceptibility <strong>of</strong> reflections is explored.<br />

Fig 1-1 <strong>Integration</strong> Platforms for 1.55�m based photonic integrated circuits [128]<br />

Printed with permission from Dr. Erik Skogen<br />

25


Modulator-Laser integration is usually performed using the following<br />

approaches:<br />

1) Butt-coupling approach – allows for independent optimization <strong>of</strong><br />

device structures – however there is a need for selective area<br />

growth. Also, more optical loss at the interface. Relatively<br />

complicated [125].<br />

2) QW intermixing – low interfacial mode mismatch. Allows for multiple<br />

bandgaps due to differing amount <strong>of</strong> intermixing in the modulator and<br />

passive regions. This is a maturing technology for the fabrication <strong>of</strong><br />

SGDBRs as developed by Skogen et al.[128]<br />

3) Offset QW structure – where QWs are removed in passive regions<br />

and Franz-Keldysh effect (Bulk effect) utilized in modulator sections.<br />

Devices in this dissertation use this approach. See Appendix D.<br />

26


1.1 WIDELY-TUNABLE LASER DESIGN<br />

Over the last 20 years a few different implementations <strong>of</strong> monolithic-tunable<br />

lasers have been fabricated including Y—cavity lasers, grating assisted<br />

Table 1.1 Tunable Laser Technologies<br />

Technology Tuning<br />

range<br />

(nm)<br />

Fiber<br />

Coupled<br />

power<br />

(dBm)<br />

Companie<br />

s<br />

SMSR RIN Tuning Speed Integrated Amplifiers<br />

or modulators<br />

DBR [208] 17 Agere Ns-ms Easy<br />

SGDBR 40-72 4/11 Agility/<br />

Marconi<br />

35-55dB -150dB/Hz Ns-ms Easy<br />

SSGDBR 100 NEL<br />

DS-DBR Bookham Easy - -<strong>OF</strong>C 2003<br />

Y-Branch 46 13-14 Syntune 40 Ns-ms Not possible with<br />

GCSR 40 3 ADC/<br />

Altitune<br />

Ns – ms<br />

current implementation<br />

<strong>OF</strong>C 2003.<br />

Not possible<br />

MEMS 20 .3 Bandwidth<br />

Possible but very<br />

VCSEL<br />

electrically<br />

pumped<br />

–<br />

9<br />

difficult<br />

MEMS >50nm >7mW Nortel,<br />

1-10ms<br />

VCSEL tuning achieva Cortek,<br />

Possible not easy<br />

Optically<br />

ble with Cielo,<br />

pumped<br />

120mW<br />

pump<br />

Picolight,<br />

Wavelength<br />

selectable<br />

DFB array<br />

with MMI<br />

DFB array<br />

with MEMs<br />

Tunable<br />

External<br />

Cavity<br />

Diode lasers<br />

(ECDL)<br />

40 15 NEC/<br />

Fujitsu<br />

20 Santur<br />

100 7 Iolon,<br />

Intel<br />

Princeton<br />

Optronics,<br />

Blue sky<br />

Research<br />

55 -150dB/Hz<br />

27<br />

Temp Tune Possible<br />

Not possible


coupled cavity (GACC), grating coupled Sampled Reflector (GCSR) lasers,<br />

Superstructure Sampled Grating Distributed Bragg reflector<br />

(SSGDBR)[212,219], DS-DBR, and Sampled Grating Distributed Bragg<br />

Reflector (SGDBR) lasers[207,216,217,218], and narrowly tunable DBR<br />

lasers[208,209,211] as shown in table 1-1. For the work described here, a<br />

SGDBR laser was employed as it has many advantages over other tunable<br />

lasers. <strong>The</strong> simple holographic grating definition gives a wide tuning range<br />

without requiring facets for operation leading to highly integrated functionality.<br />

Also, there are no moving parts, wafer level testing is possible, and the<br />

technology has been demonstrated with high volume manufacturing as only<br />

one regrowth is required. Recently devices have been demonstrated<br />

commercially demonstrating high output power [129] with fast tuning(35dB). Fig. 1. shows a SEM <strong>of</strong> an SGDBR device. While large tuning<br />

ranges have been demonstrated [as high as 72nm] by using a large mirror<br />

comb spacing difference – this is a trade<strong>of</strong>f with power output and flatness over<br />

the tuning range.<br />

28


Figure 1-2 Scanning Electron Micrograph <strong>of</strong> SGDBR Laser<br />

Detector<br />

Rear Mirror<br />

Phase<br />

Gain<br />

Front Mirror<br />

All tunable transmitters in this work use SGDBR devices with the same design<br />

parameters as shown in table 2-1. <strong>The</strong>se parameters are fairly conservative –<br />

as one may obtain higher power with less mirror periods on the front mirror.<br />

Table 2-1 SGDBR Device Parameters<br />

Front Mirror Burst width 4�m (x5) Typical threshold current<br />

(mA)<br />

27.5 mA<br />

Front Burst Period 68.5�m Typical threshold Voltage 1.1V<br />

Rear Mirror Burst width 6�m (x12) Max Power 20mW<br />

Rear Burst Period 61.5�m<br />

Gain Length 550�m<br />

Ridge Width 3�m<br />

29<br />

.


<strong>The</strong> tunable laser structure includes two sampled grating mirror sections with<br />

parameters as shown in table 2-1. <strong>The</strong> basic operation is based on the fact<br />

that the SGDBR takes advantage <strong>of</strong> a tuning enhancement by using two<br />

mirrors with slightly different mirror periods – which results in slightly differing<br />

reflection spectra from the Vernier effect [207,220]. <strong>The</strong> two reflectivity spectra<br />

are shown in Fig 1-3.<br />

Fig. 1-3 Reflectivity spectra for front and rear mirrors.<br />

<strong>The</strong> device relies on refractive index tuning with current injection into the front<br />

and rear mirror sections – in which the wavelength can be tuned approximately<br />

38nm with the design above as shown in Fig 1-4.<br />

30


Fig 1-4 Wavelength as a function <strong>of</strong> biases on each mirror section<br />

Typical IV and LI output plots are shown in Fig 1-5 for a untuned device. <strong>The</strong><br />

laser threshold for devices ranges from approximately 25-35mA for different<br />

tuning biases. As current is injected into the mirrors – this adds optical loss in<br />

the laser and increases the threshold current.<br />

31


L [mW] CW<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

V [V]<br />

L [mW]<br />

S020714B_DIE#8_Device#2<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

I [mA]<br />

Fig. 1-5. Typical LIV plot for a ridge SGDBR device<br />

From Fig 1-6. one can see the ‘supermode’ boundaries as the mirrors are<br />

tuned differentially.<br />

Fig 1-6a. Output Power (mW) vs tuning on front and rear mirrors<br />

Fig 1-6b corresponding Gain Voltage. Gain section = 100mA SOA = 120mA<br />

32<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

V [V]


<strong>The</strong>re are optimum mirror alignments in the center <strong>of</strong> each hexagon region for<br />

a given phase section bias (in this case 0mA). <strong>The</strong> more drastic changes in<br />

power correspond to wrap-around points where the device tunes from one side<br />

<strong>of</strong> the tuning range to the other. <strong>The</strong>se devices also demonstrate a low level <strong>of</strong><br />

spurious reflections in the longitudinal cavity as the devices tune normally. Fig.<br />

1-6b shows the corresponding gain section voltage as the device is tuned.<br />

This plot closely relates to the output power plot – and can be used in<br />

electronic control circuitry to determine the best alignment <strong>of</strong> the mirrors for a<br />

given WDM channel wavelength.<br />

1.2 SEMICONDUCTOR OPTICAL AMPLIFIER<br />

INTEGRATION<br />

As seen in the previous section, the SGDBR lasers can output as high as<br />

20mW. However, due to the fairly thin waveguide (0.35�m) and curved flared<br />

output – the output mode does not couple well with lensed fiber. A mode-<br />

converter would be desirable to increase the output power without introducing<br />

more optical noise sources, however the integration adds complexity to the<br />

processing and was not pursued in this work. Coupling losses can be as high<br />

as �10dB for discrete SOA devices without mode converters[101]. In this<br />

device, with only one output, the typical coupling losses range from 4-5dB.<br />

33


Additionally zero bias insertion losses in the modulator which range from 4-7<br />

(see Fig. 1-7) as well as bias induced losses make SOA integration desirable.<br />

Fig 1-7 Unbiased insertion loss for a MZ Modulator for different wavelengths. Total length<br />

1100�m (10.5cm -1 at 1550)<br />

Semiconductor optical amplifiers were integrated[114] to improve the overall<br />

power output and to even out the wavelength dependent power as lower input<br />

optical power results in higher gain. <strong>The</strong> SOA was chosen to be before the<br />

modulator so that the extinction ratio would not be degraded. SOA integration<br />

provides for added functionality <strong>of</strong> the device. Not only higher output power is<br />

now possible – but it can be used as a variable attenuator since it has high<br />

dynamic range. Also it can be readily applied for power leveling the channels<br />

across the wavelength range since it is an independent power control.<br />

34


Additionally, SOAs have been used successfully as modulators, gates,<br />

frequency converters, or detectors[200]. SGDBRs require a sufficient AR<br />

coating [>10 -3 ][100] for consistent tuning characteristics. <strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> an SOA<br />

and modulator requires an improvement in the reflectivity to 10 -4 -10 -5 to prevent<br />

device degradation as described in the following section.<br />

<strong>The</strong> most important measures <strong>of</strong> performance for linear applications are the<br />

maximum gain, saturation power and maximum noise figure[106]. In general,<br />

SOAs are not competitive with EDFAs because the noise figure is so high.<br />

Typical relative noise figures <strong>of</strong> EDFAs to SOAs at 1.55um (3.1 vs 5.2). [101]<br />

In the integrated device the SGDBR laser is a CW source – in which the SOAs<br />

are biased to saturation – so the noise characteristics do not suffer much.<br />

Devices 4-9 have 400µm and 500µm long SOAs before the MZ modulator.<br />

<strong>The</strong> gain from these devices is shown in Fig. 1-8.<br />

Fig 1-7 Gain at 1554um for a 400�m and 500�m long, 3�m wide SOA at T = 16C<br />

35


For high power from the SGDBR (>10dBm), this means the SOA only<br />

contributes approximately 6-7dB <strong>of</strong> gain at high SOA biases. This effectively<br />

cancels out the insertion losses <strong>of</strong> the modulator.<br />

1.3 DUAL SOAS<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> different approaches have been explored to improve the<br />

saturation power and gain <strong>of</strong> SOA devices. Gradual tapering <strong>of</strong> the waveguide<br />

has been explored[103] as well as using multiple waveguides coupled using<br />

MMIs to improve the gain saturation[105].<br />

Fig. 1-8 DUAL SOA Design Layout<br />

Saturation power is generally limited by the small cross sectional active area<br />

required for single-mode operation. By using N waveguides in parallel the<br />

saturation power is improved by 10log (N) dB with respect to a single<br />

waveguide device without degrading the noise figure. <strong>The</strong> devices presented<br />

36


in this dissertation have Dual SOAs ranging from 350�m each to 575�m each.<br />

<strong>The</strong> SOA region was tapered out to 3.5�m wide ridges in the SOA region from<br />

2.5�m wide ridges in the modulator region.<br />

<strong>The</strong> gain <strong>of</strong> the Dual SOAs was measured with one SOA reverse biased – then<br />

compared the gain with one biased to 150mA and the other SOA bias varied.<br />

Clearly thermal crosstalk affects the SOAs so that the gain is reduced 1-2dB<br />

due to heating from the adjacent SOA that is 16�m away. Overall the<br />

saturation power is improved – and the Dual SOA approach is beneficial.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se heating effects are beneficial to the efficiency <strong>of</strong> the modulator – as<br />

shown in more detail in chapter 5.<br />

37


Fig 1-9a&b Output power for Dual SOA with 575µm electrodes 13.5um transparency current –<br />

second SOA reverse biased<br />

38


Fig 1-10a&b Output power and gain with SOA #2 biased to 150mA [575µm SOA]<br />

39


1.4 OPTICAL FEEDBACK AND REFLECTION<br />

Highly integrated devices require the minimization <strong>of</strong> optical feedback in order<br />

to reduce unwanted chirp, lasing <strong>of</strong> the SOA, gain ripple, higher noise figure,<br />

and inter-modulation distortion. Reflections lower the gain bandwidth and<br />

output saturation power. <strong>The</strong> design needs to consider reflections due to the<br />

facets and active/passive interfaces[127], waveguide design, tapers, and multi-<br />

mode interference (MMI) devices within the Mach-Zehnder modulator.<br />

Reflections at the facets are minimized by flaring and angling the waveguide at<br />

the outputs and backside absorber facets. This reduces the requirements <strong>of</strong><br />

the AR coating by an order <strong>of</strong> magnitude – <strong>of</strong>ten providing continuous tuning<br />

even without an AR coating. In order to operate properly, SOA based devices<br />

require sufficiently low Anti reflection (AR) coating reflectivity - generally<br />

accepted as < 10 -4 . A multi-layer AR coating is used to achieve greater than<br />

10 -4 reflectivity back into the optical cavity.<br />

Active/Passive interfaces are angled to minimize reflections due to the index<br />

discontinuity. Additionally, the MMI lengths are optimized for minimum<br />

reflections and are tapered so that reflections are not coupled back into the<br />

laser cavity – mostly important in the ‘<strong>of</strong>f’ state. Due to the nature <strong>of</strong> the<br />

multimode interference splitter, changes in the widths, growth thicknesses etc.<br />

will influence the light propagation. Biasing <strong>of</strong> sections on top <strong>of</strong> the MMIs will<br />

allow for tuning the power splitting ratio[608] – important in MZ design for the<br />

40


chirp and extinction ratio tuning. Note however, that the imaging length is<br />

modified potentially leading to large reflections when not optimally biased. A<br />

safer approach is to adjust the different branch gain or loss in the two<br />

branches. Finally, the waveguide design is weakly-guided throughout the<br />

structure. Also, as demonstrated in [124] shallow ridge technology in the MZ<br />

lowers the reflections in the device considerably in comparison with previous<br />

deep ridge etched MZs[336, 337,344]. It has been shown that when parasitic<br />

reflections are generated in the MZ – the extinction ratio is degraded when the<br />

chirp is best[306].<br />

<strong>The</strong> optical feedback in the device can be explored using a few different<br />

approaches. Optical low coherence reflectometry (OLCR) is a good approach<br />

to measure the reflections at each interface in the structure[124]. Also, one<br />

can look at the tuning modemap as a function <strong>of</strong> biases on the rear detector<br />

and front detector biases. An example <strong>of</strong> this is shown for a device with two<br />

575µm long SOAs in the branches <strong>of</strong> the Mach-Zehnder in Fig. 1-11a with poor<br />

AR coating.<br />

41


Fig 1-11a Device #10 Comparison <strong>of</strong> Dual SOA with significant optical feedback with SOAs<br />

biased to 80mA. Fig 1-11b demonstrates reflection reduction by reverse biasing front and rear<br />

detectors -4V<br />

Reverse biasing the active rear absorber and the passive front detector 7<br />

reduces the feedback from the facets – thereby improving the tuning map<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>ile as shown in fig 1-11b.<br />

7 As shown in Fig 1-12<br />

Fig 1-12 Front detector reverse biased to absorb <strong>of</strong>f-state light<br />

42


Another indication <strong>of</strong> the optical feedback in the device is the degradation <strong>of</strong><br />

the linewidth.<br />

1.5 LINEWIDTH MEASUREMENTS<br />

Linewidth arises from coupling between variations <strong>of</strong> phase and intensity. <strong>The</strong><br />

linewidth for a conventional Fabry-perot, DFB, or SGDBR is given by:<br />

where the threshold gain is given by:<br />

and the mirror loss:<br />

2<br />

2<br />

vg hvgthnsp�<br />

m ( 1��<br />

)<br />

� � �<br />

[1.1]<br />

8�P<br />

gth � �i ��<br />

�<br />

1<br />

m<br />

[1.2]<br />

1 1<br />

� m � ln<br />

[1.3]<br />

2L<br />

R ( �) R ( �)<br />

1<br />

P is optical power, � is the linewidth enhancement factor, L is the cavity length, and R1 and R2<br />

are the reflection coefficients for the mirrors. vg is the group velocity, nsp spontaneous factor, hv<br />

is the optical energy<br />

In general, linewidth decreases with increased laser power and increases with<br />

tuning <strong>of</strong> the mirror and phase sections – due to misalignment <strong>of</strong> the<br />

mirrors[29].<br />

43<br />

2


Accurate measurement <strong>of</strong> linewidth in multi-section devices requires careful<br />

control. Battery powered sources are preferable to source less noise – and<br />

also biasing that shorts high frequency noise to GND are required – particularly<br />

when biasing sections highly sensitive to noise such as the phase section.<br />

Also, the setup requires sufficient optical isolation(>50dB). In order to explore<br />

the susceptibility <strong>of</strong> the device to optical reflections, a linewidth measurement<br />

setup that was used as shown in Fig 1-13.<br />

SGDBR-MZ<br />

LiNbO 3<br />

2GHz<br />

AMP<br />

Fig. 1-13 Linewidth measurement setup Delayed Self-Heterodyne Method<br />

<strong>The</strong> output light is inserted in a LiNbO3 MZ modulator in order to frequency shift<br />

the linewidth away from 0Hz reducing the noise in the measurement. This<br />

shifted Full-Width Half Max (FWHM) linewidth is double the true linewidth <strong>of</strong> the<br />

laser assuming that the lineshape is near Lorentzian in shape due to the<br />

heterodyning <strong>of</strong> the two signals. <strong>The</strong>n the signal goes into another<br />

interferometer – in which one arm has a large delay (1km) which must be<br />

longer than the reciprocal <strong>of</strong> the linewidth in order to have a small<br />

measurement error. This means a system with 3.5�s delay will be able to make<br />

44


linewidth measurements as low as 225kHz. With a 25�s delay one can<br />

measure to 30kHz.<br />

<strong>The</strong> linewidth <strong>of</strong> a commercial SGDBR-SOA was compared with a device with<br />

a 400�m SOA before the MZ (Device #8) and a device with Dual 350�m long<br />

SOAs in Fig 1-14. Each was compared at the same bias point <strong>of</strong> 150mA on<br />

the Gain section and SOAs.<br />

Fig 1-14 Linewidth measurement comparing Commercial SGDBR-SOA device to Device 8<br />

(single 400µm SOA) and Device 1 (Dual SOA device with 350�m long SOAs)<br />

As can be seen, there was very little difference between the linewidth <strong>of</strong> the<br />

three devices. This actually is a coincidence as the linewidth varied<br />

45


approximately from 4-9 for different Gain and SOA biases. However, this<br />

demonstrates that the external cavity (MZ) does not adversely affect the laser’s<br />

linewidth with optical feedback.<br />

Although this demonstrates the lack <strong>of</strong> optical reflections in the device, in order<br />

to look at the quality <strong>of</strong> signal under transmission, it is helpful to look at the<br />

linewidth as a function <strong>of</strong> frequency. <strong>The</strong> noise is not constant with frequency<br />

for the laser 8 and consists <strong>of</strong> non-white and white components. A relaxation<br />

oscillation induced noise resonance is found between 1-6GHz depending on<br />

the output power. Also, phase noise below 500MHz is fairly large due to carrier<br />

fluctuations in the tuning sections from noisy current sources. This low<br />

frequency non-white phase noise has been shown to not affect the<br />

transmission performance <strong>of</strong> SGDBR lasers after fiber[126]. As these devices<br />

are most likely to be used in a 10Gbit/s system where the phase noise to<br />

intensity noise conversion efficiency is greatest at 5GHz, the noise at higher<br />

frequencies is more important than at low frequencies[506]. <strong>The</strong> integration<br />

time affects the measurement – and ideally the linewidth is measured as a<br />

function <strong>of</strong> frequency as shown in [126]. <strong>The</strong> instantaneous linewidth is much<br />

narrower than shown in this measurement – as the line tends to drift over time.<br />

This is why the seemingly large linewidths shown here are not detrimental to<br />

practical applications – as the white noise at higher frequencies are the most<br />

important to the transmission properties <strong>of</strong> the laser. Nonetheless, for a typical<br />

8 See RIN section 1.6<br />

46


SGDBR measured using the coherent optical frequency discriminator<br />

technique[131], linewidths are usually measured between 1-2 MHz[126].<br />

1.6 RELATIVE INTENSITY NOISE<br />

<strong>The</strong> relative intensity noise (RIN) is a measure <strong>of</strong> the quality <strong>of</strong> laser diodes for<br />

broadband digital or analog systems. It is defined as<br />

2<br />

� �P<br />

�<br />

RIN � dB / Hz . [1-4]<br />

2<br />

P<br />

<strong>The</strong> numerator is the mean square optical intensity fluctuation at a specified<br />

frequency and P is the average output power. Since the ratio <strong>of</strong> the optical<br />

powers squared is equivalent to the ratio <strong>of</strong> the detected electrical powers, this<br />

equation can be written as<br />

N electrical<br />

RIN � dB / Hz<br />

[1-5]<br />

P ( electrical)<br />

avg<br />

Nelectrical is the power-spectral density <strong>of</strong> the photocurrent at a specified<br />

frequency and Pavg is the average power <strong>of</strong> the photocurrent. It can also be<br />

expressed as:<br />

2<br />

N<br />

4<br />

�R<br />

2<br />

1/<br />

� � � � 2 2h�<br />

2q<br />

RIN � 16�<br />

( ��)<br />

ST<br />

H ��� � �<br />

[1-6]<br />

P �P<br />

where H(w) is the modulation transfer function <strong>of</strong> the laser, � is the electrical frequency, �R is<br />

the relaxation resonance frequency, � is the damping factor, (��)ST is the modified Schawlow-<br />

Townes linewidth, ��N is the differential carrier lifetime, , h� is the optical energy, P0 is the optical<br />

power output from the laser, � is the photodiode responsivity, and Pfiber is the optical power<br />

coupled into the fiber.<br />

47<br />

0<br />

fiber


<strong>The</strong> RIN was measured for a device with a single 400µm SOA and Dual SOAs<br />

(350µm)<br />

Fig 1-15a RIN for single 400�m SOA Gain section bias varied [SOA 120mA 1554.3nm]<br />

48


Fig 1-15b RIN for Dual 350�m SOA device [SOA1&2 100mA]<br />

As can be seen in Fig 1-15a and 1-15b, the RIN measured for devices with<br />

single and dual SOAs are very similar. In both cases the RIN exceeds -<br />

140dB/Hz, a specification desired for commercial SGDBR lasers. <strong>The</strong> peak <strong>of</strong><br />

the noise spectrum indicates a parasitic free means <strong>of</strong> measuring the<br />

modulation bandwidth <strong>of</strong> the directly modulated SGDBR. <strong>The</strong> actual bandwidth<br />

is limited by carrier transport[113].<br />

49


REFERENCES<br />

[100] Stubkjaer KE, Mikkelsen B, Durhuus T, Storkfelt N, Joergensen C,<br />

Jepsen K, Nielsen TN, Gliese U. Recent advances in semiconductor<br />

optical amplifiers and their applications. Fourth International Conference<br />

on Indium Phosphide and Related Materials (Cat. No.92CH3104-7). IEEE.<br />

1992, pp.242-5.<br />

[101] Eliseev PG, Vu Van Luc. ”Semiconductor optical amplifiers:<br />

multifunctional possibilities, photoresponse and phase shift properties.”<br />

Pure & Applied Optics, vol.4, no.4, July 1995, pp.295-313.<br />

[102] Joo-Heon Ahn, Kwang Ryong Oh, Jeong Soo Kim, Seung Won Lee,<br />

Hong Man Kim, Kwang Eui Pyun, Hyung Moo Park. “Uniform and high<br />

coupling efficiency between InGaAsP-InP buried heterostructure optical<br />

amplifier and monolithically butt-coupled waveguide using reactive ion<br />

etching.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.2, Feb. 1996,<br />

pp.200-2.<br />

[103] Donnelly JP, Walpole JN, Betts GE, Groves SH, Woodhouse JD,<br />

O'Donnell FJ, Missaggia LJ, Bailey RJ, Napoleone A. “High-power 1.3-<br />

mu m InGaAsP-InP amplifiers with tapered gain regions.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.8, no.11, Nov. 1996, pp.1450-2.<br />

[104] Gilner L. “Analysis <strong>of</strong> input power dynamic ranges in two types <strong>of</strong><br />

expanded semiconductor optical amplifier gate switch arrays.” IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.4, April 1996, pp.536-8.<br />

[105] Dagens B, Emery JY, Janz C. “Multiwaveguide SOA for increased<br />

saturation power without noise penalty.” Electronics Letters, vol.35, no.6,<br />

18 March 1999, pp.485-6.<br />

[106] Liu T, Obermann K, Petermann K, Girardin F, Guekos G. “Effect <strong>of</strong><br />

saturation caused by amplified spontaneous emission on semiconductor<br />

optical amplifier performance.” Electronics Letters, vol.33, no.24, 20 Nov.<br />

1997, pp.2042-3.<br />

[107] Jayaraman V, Chuang Z-M, Coldren LA. “<strong>The</strong>ory, design, and<br />

performance <strong>of</strong> extended tuning range semiconductor lasers with sampled<br />

50


gratings.” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.29, no.6, June 1993,<br />

pp.1824-34.<br />

[108] Delorme F, Alibert G, Boulet P, Grosmaire S, Slempkes S, Ougazzaden<br />

A. “High reliability <strong>of</strong> high-power and widely tunable 1.55- mu m<br />

distributed Bragg reflector lasers for WDM applications.” IEEE. IEEE<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics, vol.3, no.2, April<br />

1997, pp.607-14.<br />

[109] Delprat D, Ramdane A, Ougazzaden A, Carre M. “Very simple approach<br />

for high performance tunable laser realisation.” Electronics Letters, vol.32,<br />

no.22, 24 Oct. 1996, pp.2079-80.<br />

[110] Lin MS, Piccirilli AB, Twu Y, Dutta NK. “Fabrication and gain<br />

measurements for buried facet optical amplifier.” Electronics Letters,<br />

vol.25, no.20, 28 Sept. 1989, pp.1378-80.<br />

[111] Delorme F, Grosmaire S, Gloukhian A, Ougazzaden A. “High power<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> widely tunable 1.55 mu m distributed Bragg reflector laser.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.33, no.3, 30 Jan. 1997, pp.210-11.<br />

[112] Sarlet G, Morthier G, Baets R. Control <strong>of</strong> widely tunable SSG-DBR lasers<br />

for dense wavelength division multiplexing. Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.18, no.8, Aug. 2000, pp.1128-38.<br />

[113] Nagarajan R, Ishikawa M, Fukushima T, Geels RS, Bowers JE. High<br />

speed quantum-well lasers and carrier transport effects. IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Quantum Electronics, vol.28, no.10, Oct. 1992, pp.1990-2008.<br />

[114] San-Liang Lee, Heimbuch ME, Cohen DA, Coldren LA, DenBaars SP.<br />

<strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> semiconductor laser amplifiers with sampled grating tunable<br />

lasers for WDM applications. IEEE. IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Selected Topics in<br />

Quantum Electronics, vol.3, no.2, April 1997, pp.615-27. USA.<br />

[115] Coldren L.A., S.W. Corzine, “Diode Lasers and Photonic Integrated<br />

Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1995, pp. 230.<br />

[116] Jayaraman V, Heimbuch ME, Coldren LA, DenBaars SP. Widely tunable<br />

continuous-wave InGaAsP/InP sampled grating lasers. Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.30, no.18, 1 Sept. 1994, pp.1492-4.<br />

[117] Delorme F, Alibert G, Ougier C, Slempkes S, Nakajima H. Sampledgrating<br />

DBR lasers with 181 wavelengths over 44 nm and optimized<br />

power variation for WDM applications. <strong>OF</strong>C '98. Optical Fiber<br />

51


Communication Conference and Exhibit. Technical Digest. Conference<br />

Edition. 1998 OSA Technical Digest Series Vol.2 (IEEE Cat.<br />

No.98CH36177). Opt. Soc. America. 1998, pp.379-81.<br />

[118] Sarlet G, Morthier G, Baets R. Wavelength and mode stabilization <strong>of</strong><br />

widely tunable SG-DBR and SSG-DBR lasers. IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.11, no.11, Nov. 1999, pp.1351-3.<br />

[119] Ishii H, Tanobe H, Kano F, Tohmori Y, Kondo Y, Yoshikuni Y.<br />

Quasicontinuous wavelength tuning in super-structure-grating (SSG) DBR<br />

lasers. IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.32, no.3, March 1996,<br />

pp.433-41.<br />

[120] Mason B, Barton J, Fish GA, Coldren LA, Denbaars SP. “Design <strong>of</strong><br />

sampled grating DBR lasers with integrated semiconductor optical<br />

amplifiers.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.12, no.7, July 2000,<br />

pp.762-4.<br />

[121] San-Liang Lee, Tauber DA, Jayaraman V, Heimbuch ME, Coldren LA,<br />

Bowers JE. “Dynamic responses <strong>of</strong> widely tunable sampled grating DBR<br />

lasers.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.12, Dec. 1996,<br />

pp.1597-9.<br />

[122] Jayaraman V, Mathur A, Coldren LA, Dapkus PD. “Extended tuning<br />

range in sampled grating DBR lasers.” IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, vol.5, no.5, May 1993, pp.489-91.<br />

[123] Jayaraman V, Cohen DA, Coldren LA. Demonstration <strong>of</strong> broadband<br />

tunability in a semiconductor laser using sampled gratings. Applied<br />

Physics Letters, vol.60, no.19, 11 May 1992, pp.2321-3. USA.<br />

[124] Lovisa S, Bouche N, Helmers H, Heymes Y, Brillouet F, Gottesman Y,<br />

Rao K. Integrated laser Mach-Zehnder modulator on indium phosphide<br />

free <strong>of</strong> modulated-feedback. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.13,<br />

no.12, Dec. 2001, pp.1295-7.<br />

[125] Putz N, Adams DM, Rolland C, Moore R, Mallard R. Fabrication <strong>of</strong> an<br />

InP/GaInAsP based integrated gain-coupled DFB laser/M-Z phase<br />

modulator for 10 Gb/sec fiber optic transmission. IPRM 1996. Eighth<br />

International Conference on Indium Phosphide and Related Materials<br />

(Cat. No.96CH35930). IEEE. 1996, pp.152-4.<br />

[126] Nakagawa S, Fish G, Dahl A, Koh P, Schow C, Mack M, Wang L, Yu R.<br />

Phase noise <strong>of</strong> widely-tunable SG-DBR laser. Optical Fiber<br />

52


Communications Conference (<strong>OF</strong>C). (Trends in Optics and Photonics<br />

Series Vol.86) Technical Digest (IEEE Cat. No.03CH37403). Opt. Soc.<br />

America. Part vol.2, 2003, pp.461-2 vol.2.<br />

[127] Ackerman DA, Shtengel GE, Morton PA, Zhang LM, Johnson JE, Bethea<br />

CG, Ketelsen LJ-P. Identifying sources <strong>of</strong> residual reflections within<br />

integrated electroabsorption modulated laser cavities. Conference on<br />

Optical Fiber Communications. Technical Digest. Postconference Edition.<br />

1997 OSA Technical Digest Series. Vol.6 (IEEE Cat. No.97CH36049).<br />

Opt. Soc. America. 1997, pp.142-3.<br />

[128] Skogen E.J. “Quantum Well Intermixing for Wavelength-Agile Photonic<br />

Integrated Circuits” UCSB Dissertation June 2003<br />

[129] Simes R., G. A. Fish, P. Abraham, Y. A. Akulova, C. W. Coldren, M.<br />

Focht, E. M. Hall, M. C. Larson, H. Marchand, P. Kozodoy, A. Dahl, P.C.<br />

Koh, T. Strand, InP chip scale integration platform for high-perfomance<br />

tunable lasers, SPIE Photonics West, 2003.<br />

[130] Marshall WK, Crosignani B, Yariv A. Laser phase noise to intensity noise<br />

conversion by lowest-order group-velocity dispersion in optical fiber: exact<br />

theory. Optics Letters, vol.25, no.3, 1 Feb. 2000, pp.165-7.<br />

[131] D. Derickson, Fiber Optics Test & Measurement, Upper Saddle River, NJ:<br />

Prentice Hall PTR, 1998, p 194.<br />

53


Chapter 2<br />

MOCVD GROWTH AND FABRICATION<br />

In this chapter, we will look at some <strong>of</strong> the epitaxial layer growth considerations<br />

regarding the Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD) growth <strong>of</strong><br />

tunable transmitters. Growth consists <strong>of</strong> a base epitaxial structure which<br />

undergoes processing steps to etch <strong>of</strong>f quantum wells and define gratings in<br />

certain areas. <strong>The</strong>n a regrowth is performed to grow an upper InP/InGaAs<br />

cladding over the whole structure. An optimized doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile is critical for<br />

high performance in both the laser and modulator sections. <strong>The</strong> basis for<br />

characterization <strong>of</strong> the material is discussed – with the use <strong>of</strong> x-ray, PL, and<br />

SIMs measurements. <strong>The</strong> fabrication steps are also outlined in Section 2.8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> MOCVD technique is used to grow high quality single crystal epitaxial films<br />

on substrates using metal-organic precursors that are transported to a heated<br />

substrate (615C – 650C) with a carrier gas (H2). <strong>The</strong> work here was done<br />

using a Thomas-Swan 2” horizontal flow rotating disk reactor which has very<br />

good deposition uniformity as shown in fig 2-1.<br />

54


Average �1540nm<br />

Fig 2-1 Micro-Photo-luminscence(PL) Intensity and Peak wavelength uniformity across base<br />

structure wafer S020215C<br />

MOCVD growth <strong>of</strong> In1-xGaxAs1-yPy quaternary is very important for fabrication <strong>of</strong><br />

opto-electronic devices such as lasers, modulators, and detectors – all<br />

fundamental in optical fiber communication systems. Typically this involves the<br />

highly toxic Arsine (ArH3) and Phosphine (PH3) precursors. At UCSB,<br />

tertiarybutylarsine (TBAs), and tertiarybutylphosphine (TBP) Group V<br />

precursors are used as they are considerably safer, and have been shown to<br />

be superior with respect to enabling very low III/V ratios and low growth<br />

temperatures as well as possess similar purity. For this work, the Group III<br />

precursors are trimethyindium(TMIn) for Indium, trimethylgallium (TMGa) for<br />

Gallium. <strong>The</strong> material is doped using both disilane gas for silicon n-type layers,<br />

and DiethylZinc for Zinc p-type layers.<br />

55


<strong>The</strong> basic reactions describing the growth <strong>of</strong> InP are:<br />

In( CH ) ( v)<br />

TBP(<br />

v)<br />

���<br />

InP(<br />

s)<br />

� 3CH<br />

� TB [2.x]<br />

3<br />

3<br />

� 4<br />

where during InGaAsP growth, the group III precursors decompose as follows:<br />

Ga( CH ) ( v)<br />

� �� Ga(<br />

CH ) � CH<br />

[2.x]<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

Ga( CH ) ( v)<br />

� �� Ga(<br />

CH ) � CH<br />

[2.x]<br />

In( CH ) ( v)<br />

� �� In(<br />

CH ) � 2CH<br />

[2.x]<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

In( CH )( v)<br />

� �� In � CH<br />

[2.x]<br />

Since the TMIn source is a solid source, two bubblers are placed in series to<br />

insure a constant source. For the liquid gallium source (TMGa), a dilution line<br />

is utilized to achieve the desired range <strong>of</strong> material concentrations.<br />

2.1 SEMICONDUCTOR EPITAXIAL STRUCTURE<br />

Although SGDBR lasers have been fabricated using quantum well<br />

intermixing(QWI)[33] and butt-joint regrowth techniques, the <strong>of</strong>fset Multiple<br />

Quantum Well (OMQW) approach has been a standard approach for the<br />

fabrication <strong>of</strong> photonic integrated circuits[221-224]. This is due to the ease <strong>of</strong><br />

removal <strong>of</strong> QWs in passive regions without significant index discontinuity or<br />

complicated regrowth processes. Next we will look at the quantum well design<br />

and epitaxial layer structures based on both conducting sulfur-doped and semi-<br />

insulating Fe-doped wafers.<br />

56<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3


2.2 QUANTUM WELL DESIGN<br />

<strong>The</strong> quantum wells should be designed to efficiently contain the carriers and<br />

not impede the transport across the structure. For well designed barriers, the<br />

thermionic emission time is much larger than the diffusion and capture<br />

times[312]. “<strong>The</strong>rmionic emission and tunneling are competing processes and<br />

the faster one will dominate”. For barriers less than 5nm, tunneling tends to<br />

dominate the carrier transport across the barrier. However, for wider barriers<br />

(8nm in this case), hole transport is associated with thermionic emission while<br />

electron transport is done mainly by tunneling. For sufficiently wide barriers<br />

both electrons and holes are dominated by thermionic emission[312]. <strong>The</strong><br />

MQW structure relies on the barriers to be thick enough to provide 2-D carrier<br />

confinement in the quantum wells – and prevent coupling <strong>of</strong> the quantum well<br />

states – which leads to a broadening <strong>of</strong> the quantized energy levels[312].<br />

It has been shown[225], that significant improvements in both differential gain<br />

and threshold current density can be achieved by compressively straining the<br />

quantum wells – at least up to approximately 1%. In this work a MQW stack <strong>of</strong><br />

7 Quantum wells with 8nm barriers and 6.5nm wells were used as shown in fig<br />

2-2. Without any strain compensation in the barriers and waveguide, one is<br />

limited to approximately 6 wells 6.5nm wide with 8.0nm barriers before<br />

reaching the critical thickness. In the current design, the quantum wells are<br />

57


grown with a constant x composition for the barriers and quantum wells to allow<br />

fast switching between mass flow controller during the growth <strong>of</strong> the QWs and<br />

the barriers. Constant x growth also has the advantage that since the growth<br />

rate is governed by the group III flow rate, both the barrier and well grow at the<br />

same rate. In this structure, the waveguide and barrier are grown slightly<br />

tensile to compensate for the highly strained wells – allowing for more wells to<br />

be grown before reaching the strain critical thickness. <strong>The</strong> target compositions<br />

for the structure are shown in table 2-1.<br />

Table 2-1 In1-xGaxAs1-yPy Compositions<br />

Material In[%] As[%] Pl peak Eghh<br />

Perpendicular<br />

Strain<br />

Barrier 73.5 51.3 1194 1209 -4038 (-0.3%)<br />

QW 73.5 84.5 N/A N/A 18139 (1%)<br />

SCH 1.226<br />

Waveguide<br />

76.76 50.4 1210 1226 0<br />

1.4Q 65.14 73.77 1380 1400 -800<br />

2.3 CONDUCTING SUBSTRATE BASE STRUCTURES<br />

Base structures for SGDBRs have been grown for some years now – and the<br />

best growth conditions refined considerably. <strong>The</strong>se growths use an indium<br />

pure component flow <strong>of</strong> 0.4sccm, with changes in the gallium flows to achieve<br />

the desired quaternary compositions as governed by the segregation<br />

coefficient Kseg. <strong>The</strong> growth was held at a constant pressure <strong>of</strong> 350 Torr.<br />

However, the temperature <strong>of</strong> the growth is changed for the InP(615C) and<br />

58


InGaAsP layers (650C) for best material quality. This is achieved using a three<br />

zone infrared lamp system with a center zone at 650C and adjoining regions at<br />

630C to improve the temperature uniformity.<br />

As the ‘passive’ regions have the QWs etched <strong>of</strong>f, we have two different layer<br />

structures after regrowth. Fig. 2-2 shows layer structures in an active and<br />

passive section simultaneously. A 10nm un-intentionally doped (uid)-InP stop<br />

etch layer is grown on top <strong>of</strong> the waveguide in order to facilitate the QW wet-<br />

etch. <strong>The</strong> base structure is grown with a Zn setback from the quantum wells<br />

that takes into account the subsequent regrowth diffusion(80nm). This also<br />

means that the regrowth on the active regions is on a doped material instead <strong>of</strong><br />

a ‘grown junction’.<br />

Fig 2-2 Sulfur doped substrate epitaxial layer structure<br />

59


2.4 GROWTH CHARACTERIZATION<br />

<strong>The</strong> different layers are characterized by determining the bandgap energy from<br />

both room temperature photoluminscence data and the lattice parameter ao<br />

from double crystal x-ray diffraction data (XRD)[102]. According to Vegard’s<br />

law, we can relate the binary lattice constants to the unstrained In1-xGaxAs1-yPy<br />

quaternary lattice constant as follows[102]:<br />

ao = 6.0584 – 0.405x – 0.190y – 0.0123xy. [2-1]<br />

Fig. 2-3 Typical x-ray rocking curve for base structure S010406C<br />

60


<strong>The</strong> lattice mismatch between layers can be calculated from x-ray by<br />

examining the difference between the substrate peak and the quaternary peaks<br />

as described by [204]:<br />

�a� � � tan���<br />

� cot���<br />

as<br />

�a<br />

as<br />

||<br />

� cot���<br />

� cot���<br />

[2.2]<br />

[2.3]<br />

where � corresponds to the angle between the (hkl) plane and the (001)<br />

reflection plane and � is the bragg angle for the hkl reflection. This lattice<br />

mismatch is given by[205]:<br />

�a<br />

�<br />

a C<br />

o<br />

11<br />

C11<br />

� 2C<br />

12<br />

��a<br />

�<br />

� ao<br />

where ao is the lattice constant, C11 and C12 are elastic stiffness constants.<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

[2.4]<br />

As many <strong>of</strong> the layers are strained in the multiquantum well structure, we must<br />

look also at the photoluminescence data as in fig 2-4.<br />

61


Fig 2-4 One dimensional Photoluminescence plot showing both the QW peak and WG peak<br />

An empirically modified version <strong>of</strong> Vegard’s law expresses the band gap as a<br />

function <strong>of</strong> In1-xGaxAs1-yPy quaternary composition [102]:<br />

E g ( 295K)<br />

� 1.<br />

35 �1.<br />

42x<br />

� y � 0.<br />

33xy<br />

� ( 0.<br />

73 � 0.<br />

28y)<br />

x(<br />

1�<br />

x)<br />

eV [2.5]<br />

� ( 0.<br />

101�<br />

0.<br />

109x)<br />

y(<br />

1�<br />

y)<br />

� 0.<br />

05 xy(<br />

1�<br />

x)(<br />

1�<br />

y)<br />

<strong>The</strong> layer compositions and thickness can be fit using a model – using BEDE<br />

s<strong>of</strong>tware.<br />

62


2.5 SEMI-INSULATING SUBSTRATE GROWTH<br />

By growing a similar base structure to that discussed in the previous section –<br />

on a Fe doped semi-insulating(SI) substrate as seen in Fig. 2-5, this enables<br />

some <strong>of</strong> the series push-pull electrode structures discussed in chap. 4.<br />

0.1µm 1E19 cm -3 Zn-pInGaAs<br />

1.8µm 1E18 cm -3 Zn-p cladding InP<br />

0.05µm setback uid InP<br />

25nm 1.226Q uid-SCH<br />

7 uid 6.5nm QWs 8.0nm Barriers<br />

10 nm uid-InP stop-etch layer<br />

0.32µm 1.4Q InGaAsP waveguide<br />

1.8µm 1e18 cm -3 Si InP Buffer<br />

0.05µm n-InGaAs contact layer<br />

0.5µm 1e18 cm-3 Si InP n-buffer<br />

100µm Fe-doped semi-i -nsulating<br />

substrate<br />

Fig. 2-5 Semi-insulating substrate based epitaxial layer structure<br />

Using a semi-insulating (SI) substrate lowers the RF dielectric losses and<br />

allows isolation between different n-contacts on the device. <strong>The</strong> n-contact<br />

layer is typically either a InGaAsP quaternary layer with emission bandgap in<br />

the 1.1-1.4Q range if it is required to be close to the waveguide – particularly<br />

important if He implanting is required to isolate n-doped regions. For this work,<br />

an InGaAs layer was used for the best contact resistivity – and placed 1.8�m<br />

away from the waveguide so that there is only a very minimal overlap between<br />

63


the optical mode and this highly absorptive layer. <strong>The</strong> use <strong>of</strong> an InGaAs layer<br />

for the n-contact has been shown to improve the extinction ratio since substrate<br />

modes are absorbed to a greater degree[220].<br />

2.6 REGROWTH<br />

<strong>The</strong> regrowth quality over gratings is highly dependent on surface preparation,<br />

grating etch depth 9 and regrowth conditions. Low damage RIE (at low power<br />

≈ 22Watts) and proper growth conditions for grating regrowth are very<br />

important to reduce defects at the growth interface[228]. Gratings are defined<br />

using a holographic setup 10 and etched in sampled regions in each mirror<br />

section using a Reactive Ion Etch (RIE) system as shown in fig 2-8a&b.<br />

Fig. 2-8a Atomic Force Microscope (AFM) image <strong>of</strong> grating burst before grating regrowth<br />

Fig 2-8b Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope (FESEM) image <strong>of</strong> dry-etched gratings<br />

before regrowth<br />

9 Typically 75nm<br />

10 See Beck Mason Dissertation [224]<br />

64


Previously fabricated gratings used a relatively high-power etch (500V) that<br />

reduced the photoluminescence intensity by a factor <strong>of</strong> 100. By reducing the<br />

RIE power and using a 1min sulfuric acid dip to remove residual organics, this<br />

photoluminescence intensity can be improved to approximately 34% when<br />

compared with non-grating regions[228]. Grating regrowth quality is superior if<br />

the growth in initiated immediately as the growth temperature is reached<br />

(615C) so that the gratings do not decompose. <strong>The</strong> growth cycle was modified<br />

similar to the process shown in [212], to remove the bake step and reduce the<br />

initial growth rate (1/16 growth rate) as well as use both a phosphorus (1Torr)<br />

and arsenic (0.07Torr) overpressure during the ramp-up to growth that appears<br />

to reduce the exposed InGaAsP desorption and increase the oxide/H2O<br />

desorption resulting in improved growth over quaternary material surfaces.<br />

Fig 2-9a Regrowth over gratings Poor surface preparation<br />

Fig 2-9b Regrowth over gratings with good surface preparation and TBA with heatup<br />

A more extensive look at the photoluminescence data under different regrowth<br />

conditions is published in [228]. When done successfully, it is difficult to see in<br />

65


an optical microscope where the grating bursts are after the regrowth is<br />

performed as shown in Fig 2-9.<br />

2.7 Zn DOPING <strong>OF</strong> InP and InGaAsP<br />

<strong>The</strong> device doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile needs to take into consideration the requirements <strong>of</strong><br />

the laser and that <strong>of</strong> the modulator section. <strong>The</strong> laser requires high Zn doping<br />

in the cladding to improve the injection efficiency and contact resistivity,<br />

however, this needs to taper <strong>of</strong>f near the waveguide to prevent excessive free<br />

carrier losses. Doping the waveguide with silicon helps the transport time in<br />

the laser regions. However, control <strong>of</strong> the doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile is critical particularly in<br />

the modulator region where it governs both the high speed and efficiency<br />

performance 11 . <strong>The</strong> doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile used in the devices shown in this<br />

dissertation is shown in section 3.1. <strong>The</strong> capacitance <strong>of</strong> the structure is<br />

improved with a large intrinsic region and the bandwidth will be less influenced<br />

by the reverse bias, however, this is a trade<strong>of</strong>f with transport properties through<br />

the structure and the efficiency as there is less electric field overlap with the<br />

optical mode. As Zn is used as the p-type dopant in this work, understanding<br />

<strong>of</strong> the diffusion mechanisms is important.<br />

11 See Chapter 3 for details<br />

66


Due to the high diffusion constant <strong>of</strong> Zinc, control <strong>of</strong> the p-doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile is<br />

particularly crucial. Not only does excessive P-doping <strong>of</strong> the waveguide add<br />

considerable absorption loss – this also adversely affects the modulator<br />

efficiency.<br />

It is thought that the following two mechanisms account for the interactions <strong>of</strong><br />

Zn diffusion.<br />

Frank-Turnbull mechanism<br />

m�<br />

Zni � VIn<br />

� Zns<br />

�<br />

� ( m �1)<br />

h<br />

[2.6]<br />

An interstitial Zn finds it’s way to an Indium vacancy site and forms a<br />

substitutional Zn atom and a hole. M is the charge state (+2).<br />

Kick-out mechanism<br />

A charged interstitial Zn atom kicks out an Indium atom from its lattice site to<br />

form a substitutional acceptor via the reaction<br />

m�<br />

Zni � VIn<br />

� Zns<br />

� I in � ( m �1)<br />

h<br />

�<br />

67<br />

[2.7]


For this reason the doping incorporation is highly dependent on the III/V ratio<br />

and phosphorus overpressure – essentially governing the number <strong>of</strong> vacancies<br />

in the material.<br />

Combination <strong>of</strong> the interstitial Zn with phosphorus vacancies – <strong>of</strong>ten yields<br />

neutral complexes – for this reason we have high Zn incorporation – but it is<br />

not all electrically active. Zinc diffusion in InP thought to be dominated by<br />

highly mobile Zn interstitals that are in equilibrium with substitutional Zn. <strong>The</strong><br />

diffusivity <strong>of</strong> the interstitials is on the order <strong>of</strong> 1 million times larger for the<br />

interstitials. However, there are far more substitutional Zn impurities in<br />

comparison with interstitials. <strong>The</strong> incorporation and activation <strong>of</strong> p-type dopant<br />

Zn are elevated on the B and planes. <strong>The</strong> n-type dopants are<br />

suppressed on these planes[101].<br />

<strong>The</strong> Zn doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile is shown for two different device runs using a Secondary<br />

Ion Mass Spectroscopy (SIMS) technique. Run #1 and run #2 have vastly<br />

different laser and modulator properties. <strong>The</strong> first case (fig.1.1A) has very high<br />

bandwidth due to the large intrinsic region but poor tuning characteristics due<br />

to added resistance in the tuning regions that heat considerably when current is<br />

injected. <strong>The</strong> second case (fig 1.1B) has Zn doping extending into the<br />

waveguide – that although gives better carrier transport, has higher free carrier<br />

losses.<br />

68


Figure 2.6A&B Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy for run#1 and run #2<br />

SIMS work by Charles & Evans<br />

As shown in fig. 2.6b, if the waveguide is doped p-type by Zn diffusion during<br />

the regrowth we find that the effective area <strong>of</strong> the PIN junction is enhanced<br />

considerably. During growth, since Zn readily diffuses and the quaternary is<br />

more easily doped than InP, Zn tends to segregate at the hetro-interface<br />

between the InP and InGaAsP waveguide. This highly conductive layer acts as<br />

the top side <strong>of</strong> the capacitor – raising the capacitance as high as 5-10x for the<br />

device as illustrated in fig 2-7a. This problem can be mitigated by dry-etching<br />

<strong>of</strong>f this highly conductive layer �100nm in the InGaAsP waveguide <strong>of</strong> the<br />

modulator sections to improve the bandwidth as shown in fig 2-7b.<br />

69


Fig. 2-7a Zn doped InGaAsP waveguide layer after dry/wet etch <strong>of</strong> shallow-ridge waveguide<br />

structure<br />

Fig 2-7b Passivation etch removes Zn-doped region in the modulator sections<br />

This etch is done by RIE at low power to minimize roughness <strong>of</strong> the waveguide<br />

– and the scattering losses which would result. Etching the waveguide makes<br />

the ridge more confining, however can make the device more susceptible to<br />

reflections.<br />

2.8 TRANSMITTER FABRICATION<br />

Fabrication <strong>of</strong> the tunable transmitters involves the steps as shown in table 2-2.<br />

More detailed procedures are shown in Appendix C-Process. <strong>Integration</strong> <strong>of</strong> a<br />

semiconductor optical amplifier does not add any additional steps as the SOA<br />

region structure is the same as the gain section. However, the integration <strong>of</strong> a<br />

high-speed modulator does add a few more steps related to the low k dielectric<br />

and topside n-metal contacts. Although topside n-metal contacts are not<br />

strictly necessary on S-doped substrates, they do allow for direct radio<br />

frequency (RF) probing <strong>of</strong> the devices – without the necessity <strong>of</strong> a well<br />

70


designed RF carrier or influences <strong>of</strong> wirebonds/ribbon bonds. Because <strong>of</strong> this,<br />

Ni-AuGe-Ni-Au n-metal was deposited on both types <strong>of</strong> substrates. Also,<br />

backside Ti/Pt/Au n-metal was deposited on the thinned wafers to facilitate<br />

soldering – which has much better heat conduction than thermally conducting<br />

epoxy.<br />

Table 2-2 Fabrication Steps � Necessary � Desirable �Not necessary<br />

STEPS BASIC S-Doped SI- Description<br />

SGDBR Substrate Substrate<br />

SGDBR + SGDBR +<br />

Modulator Modulator<br />

Active/Passive � � � Remove QWs in<br />

passive regions<br />

Sampled<br />

Gratings � � � Grating Bursts and<br />

holographic gratings<br />

defined<br />

Regrowth � � � Upper cladding is<br />

grown over gratings<br />

and active regions<br />

Dry/Wet Ridge<br />

Etch Ridge � � � Define ridge<br />

waveguide structure<br />

Passivation<br />

Etch � � � Important for high<br />

speed modulation<br />

BCB/Dielectric<br />

Deposition � � � Low k dielectric to<br />

reduce capacitance<br />

N-Metal Etch � � � Etch down to buried<br />

InGaAs layer<br />

N-Metal<br />

Deposition � � � Ni Ge-Au-Ni Au<br />

Contacts to topside<br />

71


p-InGaAs Etch � � � Remove the InGaAs<br />

conductive region<br />

between sections<br />

Isolation p+<br />

Implant � � � Isolate the P-regions<br />

between sections<br />

Modulator via � � � Open through the<br />

BCB and SiNxOy<br />

layers for p-contact<br />

Laser Contact<br />

via � � � Open through the<br />

SiNxOy for the pcontact<br />

P-Metal � � � TiPtAu Metal<br />

Deposited<br />

Thinning � � � Required for<br />

cleaving<br />

Backside<br />

Metal � � � N-contact or<br />

soldering layer<br />

Total Steps 10 13/15 14/15<br />

<strong>The</strong> addition <strong>of</strong> the high speed modulator adds a few more process steps (see<br />

total steps for each type) – however the yield <strong>of</strong> devices is not compromised<br />

excessively. Detailed process development for high speed modulators is<br />

detailed in chapter 3.<br />

72


REFERENCES<br />

[200] Chu SNG, Logan RA, Geva M, Ha NT. “Concentration dependent Zn<br />

diffusion in InP during metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy.” Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Applied Physics, vol.78, no.5, 1 Sept. 1995, pp.3001-7.<br />

[201] Berger P.R., S.N.G. Chu, R.A. Logan, Erin Byrne, D. Coblentz, James<br />

Lee Ill, Nhan T. Ha, N. K. Dutta, “Substrate orientation effects on dopant<br />

incorporation in InP grown by metalorganic chemical vapor deposition” J.<br />

Appl. Phys. 73(8), 15, April 1993.<br />

[202] Flemish J. R., H. Shen, K.A. Jones, M. Dutta, “Determination <strong>of</strong> the<br />

composition <strong>of</strong> strained InGaAsP layers on InP substrates using<br />

photoreflectance and double-crystal x-ray diffractometry”, J. Appl. Phys 70<br />

(4), 15 August, 1991.<br />

[203] Li E.H., “Material parameters <strong>of</strong> InGaAsP and InAlGaAs systems for use<br />

in quantum well structures at low and room temperatures”, Physica E 5<br />

(2000) 215-273.<br />

[204] Matsui J., K. Onabe, T. Kamejima, I. Hayashi, “Lattice Mismatch Study <strong>of</strong><br />

LPE-Grown InGaPAs on (001)-InP Using X-Ray Double-Crystal<br />

Diffraction”, J. Electrochemical Society. Vol 126, no4, April 1979, pg 664-<br />

7.<br />

[205] Asai H., K. Oe., “Energy band-gap shift with elastic strain in GaxIn1-xP<br />

epitaxial layers on (001) GaAs substrates”, J. Appl. Phys. 54(4) April<br />

1983.<br />

[206] Swaminathan V., C. L. Reynolds Jr. , M. Geva, “Effect <strong>of</strong> Zn on the<br />

electro-optical characteristics <strong>of</strong> metalorganic chemical vapour deposition<br />

grown 1.3um InGaAsP/InP lasers” Electron. Lett. Vol 32., No.7, Mar. 28,<br />

1996<br />

[207] Chen C -H, U. M. Gosele, T.Y.Tan, “Dopant diffusion and segregation in<br />

semiconductor heterostructures: Part 1. Zn and Be in III-V compound<br />

superlattices” Applied Physics A, 1999.<br />

[208] Camargo Silva M.T., J. E. Zucker, L. R. Carrion, C. H. Joyner, A. G.<br />

Dentai, “Growth Optimization for p-n Junction placement in the integration<br />

<strong>of</strong> Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors and Quantum Well Modulators on<br />

InP” IEEE. J. Quantum Electron. Vol.6, No.1, Jan., 2000.<br />

73


[209] Hornstra J., W. J. Bartels, “Determination <strong>of</strong> the lattice constant <strong>of</strong><br />

epitaxial layers <strong>of</strong> III-V Compounds” J. Crystal Growth 44(1978)513-417.<br />

[210] Bensaada A., A. Chennouf, R.W. Cochrane, J.T. Graham, R. Leonelli,<br />

R.A.Masut, “Misfit strain, relaxation, and bandgap shift in GaxIn1-xP/InP<br />

epitaxial layers” J. Appl. Phys. 75 (6) 15 March 1994.<br />

[211] Van Geelen A, T.M.F. de Smet, T. van Dongen, W.M.E.M van Gils, “Zinc<br />

doping <strong>of</strong> InP by metal organic vapour phase diffusion (MOVPD), J.<br />

Crystal Growth 195(1998) 79-84.<br />

[212] Franke D., H. Roehle, “Highly reproducible and defect-free MOVPE<br />

overgrowth <strong>of</strong> InGaAsP-based DFB gratings” J. Crystal Growth,<br />

170(1997) 113-116.<br />

[213] Belenky G.L., C.L. Reynolds Jr., D.V. Donetsky, G. E. Shtengel, M.S.<br />

Hybertson, M.A. Alam, G. A. Baraff, R.K. Smith, R. F. Kazarinov, J. Winn,<br />

L.E. Smith, “Role <strong>of</strong> p-Doping Pr<strong>of</strong>ile and Regrowth on the Static<br />

Characteristics <strong>of</strong> 1.3um MQW InGaAsP-InP Lasers: Experiment and<br />

Modeling” IEEE. J. Quantum Elect., Vol. 35, No. 10, Oct. 1999.<br />

[214] Grinberg A.A., M. A. Alam, S. K. Sputz, “Modeling <strong>of</strong> the<br />

photoluminescence in Multi-quantum well Heterostructure Laser wafers”,<br />

IEEE. J. Quantum Elect. Vol. 35, No. 1, Jan. 1999.<br />

[215] Schroeter-Janssen H, Roehle H, Franke D, Bochnia R, Harde P, Grote<br />

N. “Comparison <strong>of</strong> MOVPE-based Zn diffusion into InGaAsP/InP using<br />

H/sub 2/ and N/sub 2/ carrier gas.” Elsevier. Journal <strong>of</strong> Crystal Growth,<br />

vol.221, Dec. 2000, pp.70-4.<br />

[216] Mei XB, Loi KK, Chang WSC, Tu “CW. Improved electroabsorption<br />

properties in 1.3 mu m MQW waveguide modulators by a modified<br />

doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile.” Elsevier. Journal <strong>of</strong> Crystal Growth, vol.175-1762, May<br />

1997, pp.994-8.<br />

[217] Dong-Ning Wang, Venables D, Waltemyer D, Lentz J. “Investigation <strong>of</strong><br />

p-n junction and dopant pr<strong>of</strong>iles in InP-based laser by low voltage SEM.”<br />

Conference Proceedings. 2000 International Conference on Indium<br />

Phosphide and Related Materials (Cat. No.00CH37107). IEEE. 2000,<br />

pp.60-3.<br />

[218] Swaminathan V, Reynolds CL Jr, Geva M.”Zn diffusion behavior in<br />

InGaAsP/InP capped mesa buried heterostructures.” Applied Physics<br />

Letters, vol.66, no.20, 15 May 1995, pp.2685-7.<br />

74


[219] Cheng-Yu Tai, Seiler J, Geva M. “Modeling <strong>of</strong> Zn diffusion in<br />

InP/InGaAs materials during MOVPE growth. “ Conference Proceedings.<br />

Eleventh International Conference on Indium Phosphide and Related<br />

Materials (IPRM'99) (Cat. No.99CH36362). IEEE. 1999, pp.245-8.<br />

[220] Rolland C., G. Mak, W. Bardyszewski, D. Yevick, “Improved Extinction<br />

Ratio <strong>of</strong> Waveguide Electroabsorption Optical Modulators Induced by and<br />

InGaAs Absorbing layer”, J.<strong>of</strong> Lightwave Tech., Vol. 10, No.12, 1992.<br />

[221] Masanovic M.L., V. Lal, J. S. Barton, E. J. Skogen, L. A. Coldren, and<br />

D. J. Blumenthal, "Monolithically integrated Mach-Zehnder<br />

interferometer wavelength converter and widely tunable laser in InP,"<br />

IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol. 15, pp. 1117-19, 2003.<br />

[222] Mason B, Barton J, Fish GA, Coldren LA, Denbaars SP. Design <strong>of</strong><br />

sampled grating DBR lasers with integrated semiconductor optical<br />

amplifiers. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.12, no.7, July 2000,<br />

pp.762-4<br />

[223] Fish G., “InGaAsP/InP based photonic integrated circuits for optical<br />

switching,” Dissertation. 1999.<br />

[224] Mason B., “InP Based Photonic Integrated Circuits,” Dissertation, 1999.<br />

[225] Silver M., E. P. O’Reilly, “Optimization <strong>of</strong> long wavelength InGaAsP<br />

strained quantum well lasers,” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quanum Electronics, vol.<br />

31, pp. 1193-1200, 1995.<br />

75


Chapter 3<br />

Lumped Modulator Designs<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> different authors have fabricated lumped Mach-Zehnder<br />

modulators, mostly using MQW structures[300-4]. For this work Franz-Kelydsh<br />

bulk quaternary waveguides were used instead <strong>of</strong> MQWs as they tend to have<br />

less wavelength dependence and lower optical propagation loss 12 . DBR[338-9],<br />

DFB[306-8] and now SGDBR[309] laser integrated Mach-Zehnder modulators<br />

have been explored as well. In this chapter, we will look at the factors that<br />

influence the modulation efficiency, optical bandwidth, and insertion losses.<br />

12 Fiber to fiber losses 31-40dB reported in [303]<br />

Fig 3.1 Lumped electrode Mach-Zehnder Modulator<br />

76


3.1 DEVICE EFFICIENCY<br />

Mach-Zehnder modulators rely on a change in the electric field and carrier<br />

density to change the absorption and phase in one branch <strong>of</strong> the MZ<br />

modulator. In this work, a PN junction is formed in the first �80nm <strong>of</strong> the<br />

waveguide by diffusion <strong>of</strong> Zn during the regrowth 13 . This gives an electric field<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>ile as given in fig. 3-2 for a waveguide doping level <strong>of</strong> 3e17cm -3 Si.<br />

Fig. 3-2 Electric field pr<strong>of</strong>ile and indexing structure for waveguide as a function <strong>of</strong> bias for<br />

device doping structure<br />

<strong>The</strong> device efficiency would be improved further by moving the Zn diffusion<br />

front into the middle <strong>of</strong> the waveguide. However, this would mean more free<br />

13 Fig 2.6a&b<br />

77


carrier absorption due to the Zn overlap with the optical mode, and a deeper<br />

passivation etch as outlined previously in fig. 2-7a&b. Unfortunately, this<br />

optimization approach also maximizes the Franz-Keldysh absorption. If less<br />

wavelength dependence is desired, it is best to use the LEO effect along with<br />

carrier based effects with a design that improves the overlap factor (Γ) by using<br />

a lower doping level in the waveguide – effectively spreading out the electric<br />

field pr<strong>of</strong>ile.<br />

Ideally, the modulator biases will be as low as possible – to lower the<br />

propagation loss through the device. In this work, we have a doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile as<br />

shown in Fig 3-3. This doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile was chosen as a compromise between<br />

having reasonable bandwidth and the high efficiency associated with a PN<br />

junction and it is compatible with typical SGDBR processing.<br />

Fig 3-3 Doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile for device structure in passive regions<br />

78


<strong>The</strong> semi-insulating substrate based devices have a similar structure in the<br />

waveguide with a 0.1µm 1E18 Si doped InGaAs contact layer, and 0.5µm 1E18<br />

Si-doped n-InP layer instead <strong>of</strong> the Sulfur doped substrate shown in fig. 3-3.<br />

<strong>The</strong> efficiency can be measured directly by analyzing the DC extinction curves.<br />

3.2 DC EXTINCTION CURVES<br />

<strong>The</strong> output power intensity as a function <strong>of</strong> voltage can be derived knowing the<br />

optical field in the two branches <strong>of</strong> the Mach-Zehnder. <strong>The</strong> light power intensity<br />

is given by:<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

I( V , V ) � E(<br />

V , V )<br />

[3.1]<br />

<strong>The</strong> optical field from the output <strong>of</strong> a Mach Zehnder is given by[301]:<br />

�<br />

� ���<br />

( V<br />

�<br />

1)<br />

� � � ���<br />

( V2<br />

)<br />

� �<br />

V1,<br />

V2<br />

) � Ei<br />

�SRinSR<br />

exp��<br />

� � j��<br />

( V1)<br />

�L�<br />

� exp��<br />

� � � j���(<br />

V ) � ���L���<br />

�<br />

� � 2<br />

� � � � 2<br />

� ��<br />

E( out<br />

2<br />

where<br />

E<br />

i<br />

�<br />

E<br />

o<br />

( 1�<br />

SRin<br />

)( 1�<br />

SRout<br />

)<br />

[3.2]<br />

[3.3]<br />

where V1 and V2 are voltages on the two MZ branches, �� is the change in optical absorption,<br />

�� is related to the change in index where<br />

�<br />

2�n<br />

�<br />

the power splitting ratio <strong>of</strong> the input MMI. SRin = (P1/P2)in.<br />

� . L is the length <strong>of</strong> the modulator. SRin is<br />

79


Fiber-coupled output power was measured for a 300�m long modulator as a<br />

function <strong>of</strong> input optical power as shown in fig. 3.3 and fit with the model from<br />

equation [3.2].<br />

Fig 3.3 Fiber coupled output power at � =1555nm for three different input powers (4.9mW,<br />

11mW, 15.6mW) corresponding to SOA = (20mA, 60mA, 120mA)<br />

Using the expression for optical field from equation 3.3, along with the change<br />

in absorption, one can obtain the refractive index change. <strong>The</strong> Franz Keldysh<br />

absorption can be modeled with the following model.<br />

80


3.3 FRANZ-KELDYSH ABSORPTION<br />

Franz-Keldysh absorption is caused by is the tilting <strong>of</strong> the bands during reverse<br />

bias which in turn increases the tunneling probability as the electric field<br />

increases. <strong>The</strong> phenomenon <strong>of</strong> absorption is caused by the presence <strong>of</strong><br />

photon assisted inter-band tunneling due to the tilted energy band diagram.<br />

<strong>The</strong> absorption <strong>of</strong> Franz-Kelydsh based modulators [311] is given by the<br />

following relation[346]:<br />

�(<br />

h�,<br />

| E |) � Aj<br />

| E |<br />

� j<br />

1/<br />

3<br />

�<br />

��<br />

�dAi(<br />

z)<br />

�<br />

���<br />

�<br />

�<br />

���<br />

� dz �<br />

�<br />

j<br />

��<br />

� � �<br />

��<br />

where E is the electric field in V/cm. Ai are airy functions<br />

�<br />

A<br />

j<br />

j<br />

� ( E � h�<br />

) E<br />

B j g<br />

3.<br />

55x10<br />

�<br />

nh�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

4 2<br />

�<br />

m<br />

j<br />

�2<br />

/ 3<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

4 / 3<br />

j<br />

2 �A( � ) �<br />

i<br />

j<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

2<br />

[3.4]<br />

[3.5]<br />

[3.6]<br />

<strong>The</strong> sum <strong>of</strong> j is over both the light and heavy hole bands where h is plank’s constant, � is the<br />

effective mass, and � is the angular frequency, m is the mass <strong>of</strong> an electron, n is the refractive<br />

index, and Eg is the bandgap.<br />

Even in the absence <strong>of</strong> applied field, the built-in electric field contributes to a<br />

static absorption coefficient is given by the Urbach tail expressed by[312]:<br />

<strong>The</strong> internal field is given by:<br />

o<br />

�� ( E hv)<br />

F �<br />

� � A exp � /<br />

[3.7]<br />

i<br />

g<br />

bi<br />

i<br />

i<br />

F � ( V �V<br />

) / d<br />

[3.8]<br />

81


where Vbi is the built-in field, V is the applied voltage, and di is the intrinsic region width.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Franz-Keldysh absorption is shown for waveguide compositions close to<br />

the bandgap (1.4 – 1.45) in fig. 3-5 as calculated from equation 3-2.<br />

Absorption (cm-1)<br />

Absorption (cm-1)<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

1500<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

Fig. 3-5 Total Franz-Keldysh Absorption as a function <strong>of</strong> wavelength for<br />

different waveguide compositions and Electric fields.<br />

As can be seen in Fig 3-5, considerable wavelength dependence in the<br />

absorption will result from using a waveguide composition bandgap closer to<br />

the operating wavelength. Verification <strong>of</strong> this model was performed by<br />

comparison with the absorption as measured with photocurrent as the following<br />

relation:<br />

Quat = 1.4Q<br />

0<br />

1520 1540 1560 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

Quat = 1.43Q<br />

0<br />

1520 1540 1560 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

600<br />

500<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

2500<br />

2000<br />

1500<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

Quat = 1.41Q<br />

0<br />

1520 1540 1560 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

Quat = 1.44Q<br />

0<br />

1520 1540 1560 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

82<br />

1000<br />

800<br />

600<br />

400<br />

200<br />

4000<br />

3000<br />

2000<br />

1000<br />

Quat = 1.42Q<br />

0<br />

1520 1540 1560 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

Quat = 1.45Q<br />

0kV/cm<br />

50kV/cm<br />

100kV/cm<br />

150k/cm<br />

200kV/cm<br />

0<br />

1520 1540 1560 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)


1 � I<br />

� � � ln�<br />

�1�<br />

L �<br />

pc<br />

( V ) ��<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

qPin<br />

�<br />

[3.9]<br />

where � is the modal absorption, L is the length <strong>of</strong> the modulator, Ipc(V) is the photocurrent<br />

generated, Pin is the input optical power. And hw/q is the phonon energy in eV.<br />

Fig 3.6 Modal absorption data and FKE model above for a 300�m long modulator<br />

As can be seen in fig 3.6, the Franz-Keldysh model fits the absorption data well<br />

– as shown for three different input powers (Pin = 4.9mW, 11mW, and<br />

15.6mW).<br />

83


<strong>The</strong> refractive index can be changed with two different classes <strong>of</strong> effects -<br />

Field effects consisting <strong>of</strong> the linear electro-optic effect (LEO or Pockels effect)<br />

and the quadratic (electrorefractive or Kerr) effect, and Carrier based effects<br />

such as carrier induced bandgap shrinkage, heating induced bandgap<br />

shrinkage, Plasma loading, and the Burstein shift (Band-filling effect). <strong>The</strong>se<br />

effects will be outlined below:<br />

3.4 ELECTRIC FIELD EFFECTS<br />

<strong>The</strong> change in index due to electric field effects is given by the following<br />

equation[305]:<br />

1 2<br />

3<br />

2<br />

� nbulk � �no<br />

[ r(<br />

E � Eo<br />

) � s(<br />

�)( E � Eo<br />

) � ( rEo<br />

� s(<br />

�)<br />

Eo<br />

)] [3-10]<br />

2<br />

no is the index without field applied<br />

Ґ -is the overlap confinement factor<br />

E is the electric field<br />

r is the linear coefficient<br />

s is the quadratic coefficient<br />

LINEAR ELECTROOPTIC EFFECT (LEO)<br />

(Pockels effect)<br />

This effect is due to the biaxial birefringence induced by the presence <strong>of</strong> an<br />

electric field. It is polarization dependent – where the effect is positive for TE<br />

84


light if the light propagates in the [-110] direction and negative if the light<br />

propagates in the [110] direction.<br />

3<br />

n r41E<br />

� nLEO �<br />

[3.11]<br />

2<br />

<strong>The</strong> linear electro-optic coefficient has been measured for InGaAsP<br />

quaternaries in [344] and can be extrapolated for different compositions as was<br />

done in [345] using the coefficients in table 3.1.<br />

Table 3.1 Fitting<br />

Parameters for various<br />

materials from [345]<br />

�1<br />

P44 r41<br />

Material A0 B0 C0 D0 E0 F0<br />

InP 8.40 6.60 -0.36 2.6 -42.06 91.32<br />

GaP 22.28 0.92 -0.06 1.92 -83.31 16.6<br />

GaAs 9.29 7.86 -0.21 2.12 -71.48 123.16<br />

InAs 4.36 10.52 -1.48 2.32 -30.23 197.88<br />

For the wavelength range, and quaternary compositions <strong>of</strong> interest, the r41<br />

coefficient is plotted in fig. 3.7.<br />

85


Fig 3.7 Linear electro-optic coefficient extrapolated as a function <strong>of</strong> waveguide composition and<br />

wavelength from [345] and [344]<br />

QUADRATIC ELECTRO-OPTIC EFFECT OR KERR EFFECT<br />

(QEO)/ELECTROREFRACTIVE EFFECT<br />

This effect is a third order nonlinear optical process and unlike the LEO effect,<br />

is polarization independent. In order to determine the index change as a<br />

function <strong>of</strong> absorption change – one uses the Kramers-Kronig transform[316].<br />

where the Principle is given by<br />

hc �(<br />

�)<br />

n(<br />

E)<br />

�1 � P<br />

'<br />

2 2 2<br />

2 � dE<br />

� E'<br />

�E<br />

P<br />

�<br />

�<br />

0<br />

� lim<br />

�<br />

0<br />

a ���<br />

0<br />

86<br />

E�a<br />

�<br />

0<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

E�a<br />

[3.12]


�<br />

�<br />

� hc 1 � ( �)<br />

�n(<br />

� , E ) � P<br />

dE'<br />

[3.13]<br />

field<br />

2 2<br />

� �'<br />

�E<br />

dE'<br />

0<br />

<strong>The</strong> resulting Kerr effect turns out to be fit well by a quadratic relation with<br />

respect to electric field. <strong>The</strong> change in refractive index is related to the square<br />

<strong>of</strong> the electric field as expressed by:<br />

�n<br />

ker r �<br />

n<br />

3<br />

R<br />

ker r<br />

2<br />

E<br />

2<br />

[3.14]<br />

As the composition <strong>of</strong> the waveguide approaches that <strong>of</strong> the operating<br />

wavelength, the quadratic dependence (due to electro-refractive effect)<br />

becomes more pronounced where the Kerr coefficient has been empirically<br />

approximately as[347]:<br />

R r �<br />

�<br />

ker<br />

�15<br />

2 2<br />

1. 5x10<br />

exp( �8.<br />

85 E)<br />

cm / V<br />

[3.15]<br />

where � E is the difference between the photon energy <strong>of</strong> the guided light and<br />

the quaternary material gap energy.<br />

87


Fig 3.8 <strong>The</strong> Kerr Coeffient as a function <strong>of</strong> wavelength and waveguide composition<br />

<strong>The</strong> Kerr coefficient as a function <strong>of</strong> wavelength and waveguide composition<br />

wavelength are shown in fig 3.8. as extrapolated from the Adachi model [344].<br />

3.5 CARRIER BASED EFFECTS<br />

As the waveguide is depleted <strong>of</strong> carriers under reverse bias, the index changes<br />

due to a few effects. As shown later, the carrier based effects are significant<br />

for doped waveguides and important for high modulation efficiency.<br />

PLASMA EFFECT<br />

<strong>The</strong> Plasma effect is due to intraband free carrier absorption in both the<br />

valence and conduction bands. Free carrier absorption in p-type material<br />

88


(most important) consists <strong>of</strong> mostly intraband and interband absorption <strong>of</strong><br />

holes[2]. <strong>The</strong> free-carrier plasma reduces the index <strong>of</strong> refraction <strong>of</strong> the material.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following formula gives the change in index for free holes and free<br />

electrons as a function <strong>of</strong> doping.<br />

�n<br />

plasma<br />

� ro�<br />

�<br />

2�n<br />

2<br />

� N<br />

�<br />

�me<br />

where the hole effective mass is given by:<br />

m<br />

h<br />

m<br />

m<br />

3/<br />

2<br />

hh<br />

1/<br />

2<br />

hh<br />

� m<br />

� m<br />

3/<br />

2<br />

lh<br />

1/<br />

2<br />

lh<br />

�<br />

P<br />

m<br />

h<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

[3.16]<br />

� [3.17]<br />

where ro = 2.82E-13 cm, N is the electron density, P is the hole density, me is the electron<br />

mass, mh is the hole effective mass, n is the refractive index, and � is the wavelength <strong>of</strong><br />

light[349].<br />

89


Figure 3.9 Refractive index change due to Plasma effect as a function <strong>of</strong> Donor concentration,<br />

and waveguide composition[349] Assuming N-doped waveguide<br />

As can be seen from Figure 3.9, the plasma effect is significant for<br />

higher(>1e16) waveguide doping concentrations. This relationship can be<br />

approximated as[347]:<br />

�<br />

n plasma<br />

� 3.<br />

63x10<br />

�21<br />

N<br />

[3.18]<br />

<strong>The</strong> relationship is fairly independent <strong>of</strong> waveguide composition and<br />

wavelength. N is the doping level (n-type) and this approximation is at 1.52um.<br />

90


BAND-FILLING EFFECT / BURSTEIN SHIFT<br />

This effect is brought about by the removal <strong>of</strong> carriers in the depletion region<br />

and the resulting reduction <strong>of</strong> absorption <strong>of</strong> the region. This effect, also known<br />

as the Burstein-Moss effect [347], has been described as bandfilling <strong>of</strong> the<br />

conduction band in n-type semiconductors. Because <strong>of</strong> this bandfilling,<br />

subsequent valence band electrons require greater energy to be excited into<br />

the conduction band – resulting in less absorption. This effect is interdependent<br />

with carrier induced bandgap shrinkage effects. When the device is reverse<br />

biased, the index reduces as bandemptying occurs.<br />

Assuming a parabolic band structure, the bandfilling-induced change in<br />

absorption is given by:<br />

��(<br />

N,<br />

P,<br />

E)<br />

� C<br />

hh<br />

C<br />

lh<br />

E�E<br />

g<br />

[ f<br />

v<br />

( E<br />

al<br />

) �<br />

E�E<br />

g<br />

[ f<br />

v<br />

( E<br />

ah<br />

) �<br />

f<br />

c<br />

( E<br />

bl<br />

) �1]<br />

��<br />

o<br />

( E)<br />

f<br />

c<br />

( E<br />

bh<br />

) �1]<br />

�<br />

[3.19]<br />

where N, and P are the carrier densities, and E the photon energy, Eg is the bandgap energy, fv<br />

fc is the Fermi-dirac probability functions for the valence and conduction bands respectively,<br />

Chh and Clh are fitting constants for the light holes and heavy holes. [337]<br />

<strong>The</strong> change in index due to the bandfilling can be evaluated from the Kramer’s<br />

Kronig relations mentioned earlier – however, one also needs to take into<br />

account the carrier induced bandgap shrinkage – particularly in the 0.9e17 to<br />

91


4e17 n-type doping range. <strong>The</strong> bandfilling effect has been empirically<br />

determined as a function <strong>of</strong> composition for 1.52�m in [347].<br />

CARRIER INDUCED BANDGAP SHRINKAGE<br />

Shrinkage <strong>of</strong> the waveguide bandgap occurs due to two major mechanisms.<br />

Firstly, as the PN junction in the waveguide is depleted out, there is a change<br />

in the bandgap due to the change in carriers based on the screening <strong>of</strong><br />

electrons which lower the energy <strong>of</strong> the conduction band edge and raise the<br />

valence band. This shrinkage has been modeled analytically for InGaAsP<br />

materials in [349]:<br />

� An<br />

�<br />

� Bn<br />

* � * / 3<br />

� Eg<br />

� �<br />

*<br />

1�<br />

no<br />

/ n<br />

where A = 1.04E3, B = 2.8E-7, � is -0.19, �r is the relative dielectric constant<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

m<br />

r<br />

e<br />

[3.20]<br />

Additionally, due to heating in the modulator – particularly noticeable with such<br />

large photocurrent in an integrated device, the bandgap shrinks as well, as it is<br />

fairly sensitive to temperature.<br />

92


3.6 TEMPERATURE INDUCED BANDGAP SHRINKAGE<br />

<strong>The</strong> bandgap <strong>of</strong> the material will shrink with increases in temperature. This has<br />

been expressed with the Varshni equations for unstrained materials:<br />

�T<br />

( T ) � E ( 0K<br />

) �<br />

[3.21]<br />

Eg g<br />

where Alpha is 4.9E-4 eV/K Beta = 327K.<br />

���T� <strong>The</strong> change in bandgap energy with temperature has also been extrapolated<br />

for binary data at 300K for lattice matched quaternary material and expressed<br />

as[350]:<br />

dE g<br />

dT<br />

� �1x10<br />

�4<br />

( 3.<br />

18<br />

� 0.<br />

41y<br />

� 0.<br />

61y<br />

2<br />

)<br />

[3.22]<br />

<strong>The</strong> change in bandgap for the tensile strained modulator structure was<br />

measured using a micro-photoluminescence setup as a function <strong>of</strong> temperature<br />

as shown in fig 3.9.<br />

93


=0.432meV/K<br />

Fig 3-10 Temperature dependence <strong>of</strong> the waveguide composition emission wavelength<br />

<strong>The</strong> slope <strong>of</strong> the waveguide composition vs temperature is shown in fig. 3-10.<br />

This is a little higher than the slope shown in the literature[351] at 1.3Q <strong>of</strong><br />

0.333meV/K, probably due to the strain in the material. As can be seen in fig<br />

3-10, the material is highly temperature sensitive and linear with respect to<br />

temperature. As the modulator heats up with high optical powers, the bandgap<br />

shrinks and the effective waveguide Q can change from 1.4Q to 1.435Q from<br />

20-70C. Heat crosstalk is an important issue in integrated devices as the laser<br />

benefits from low temperatures with higher gain and lower optical loss, and the<br />

modulator benefits from the higher efficiencies at higher temperatures.<br />

<strong>The</strong> rise in temperature with bias can be evaluated with the following model:<br />

� T � P<br />

[3.23]<br />

d Zt<br />

where Pd is the power dissipated, and the thermal impedance (Zt) is given by:<br />

94


Z t<br />

ln( 4h<br />

/ w)<br />

� [3.24]<br />

�L�<br />

where h is the height <strong>of</strong> the substrate, w is the width <strong>of</strong> the device and L is the length. � is the<br />

thermal conductivity[350].<br />

<strong>The</strong> thermal resistivity <strong>of</strong> InGaAsP has been given by [350] as:<br />

1<br />

�<br />

�<br />

1.<br />

47<br />

59.<br />

78y<br />

39.<br />

42y<br />

2<br />

� T � � � K cm / W [3.25]<br />

<strong>The</strong> refractive index <strong>of</strong> InGaAsP as a function <strong>of</strong> composition, and temperature<br />

has been extended from a model given by Adachi, and fitted to experimental<br />

data and given by:<br />

n<br />

r<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

1 �<br />

A(<br />

y)<br />

f ( z)<br />

� �<br />

� 2<br />

�<br />

��<br />

E<br />

g<br />

E<br />

g<br />

( T )<br />

( T ) � �<br />

o<br />

�<br />

�<br />

��<br />

3 / 2<br />

1 ��<br />

�<br />

�<br />

f ( z ) � ( ) � ( T � 300)<br />

�<br />

o B y<br />

� o �T<br />

�<br />

�<br />

[3.26]<br />

where A(y) = 8.616 -3.886y [3.27]<br />

B(y) = 6.621 + 3.461y [3.28]<br />

2 � 1�<br />

z � 1�<br />

z<br />

f ( z)<br />

� [3.29]<br />

2<br />

z<br />

z<br />

o<br />

E<br />

z � [3.30]<br />

E (T )<br />

�<br />

E<br />

g<br />

g<br />

E<br />

( T ) � �<br />

Although InGaAsP data is difficult to come by, for InP near 300K<br />

�<br />

�T<br />

� � �4<br />

� 5.<br />

16x10<br />

�<br />

95<br />

o<br />

o<br />

[3.31]<br />

1/K [3.32]


As one can see, the temperature dependence stems from the bandgap and the<br />

high frequency dielectric constant terms.<br />

3.7 ACCUMULATION <strong>OF</strong> EFFECTS<br />

<strong>The</strong> accumulation <strong>of</strong> the aforementioned field effects and carrier effects are<br />

plotted for a 300�m long device with three different input powers (4.9mW,<br />

11mW, and 15.6mW) under reverse bias.<br />

Fig. 3.11a Change in refractive index as a function <strong>of</strong> voltage with input optical power 4.9mW T<br />

= 16C � = 1555nm<br />

96


Fig. 3.11b Change in refractive index as a function <strong>of</strong> voltage with input optical power 11mW<br />

T = 16C, � = 1555nm<br />

Fig. 3.11c Change in refractive index as a function <strong>of</strong> voltage with input optical power 15.6mW<br />

T = 16C �1555nm<br />

97


<strong>The</strong> refractive index change was extracted from the absorption curves (fig. 3.6)<br />

and the output power dc extinction curves (fig. 3.3) using equation 3.2 and<br />

shown as DATA on each graph in fig. 3-11a-c. <strong>The</strong> total change is also plotted<br />

for each case accounting for all <strong>of</strong> the effects which fit very well the observed<br />

change in index.<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> conclusions can be made from these plots. First <strong>of</strong> all, the<br />

dominant effect is clearly the bandfilling effect – or in this case bandemptying<br />

due to the n-doped waveguide. <strong>The</strong> plasma, linear and quadratic effects all<br />

have fairly similar contributions given the doping pr<strong>of</strong>ile that was used. <strong>The</strong> ‘rf’<br />

change in index is the total change minus the heating portion – as under RF<br />

modulation, the device will not heat up much. This RF line appears to line up<br />

well with the RF Vpi data observed in the next chapter – in this case �4V.<br />

From the change in phase due to a change in index, one can determine the<br />

modulator arm length required to achieve a pi phase shift.<br />

Modulator Length to achieve pi shift.<br />

�2�L<br />

�<br />

��<br />

�<br />

� �<br />

�n<br />

� � �<br />

L<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

2 | �n<br />

|<br />

98<br />

[3-33]<br />

[3-34]


For a 300�m modulator, the index change to achieve a pi shift for 1550 nm is<br />

approximately is 0.26%.<br />

As can be seen from the previous plots, the index and absorption are strongly<br />

dependent on the optical power at DC – as the modulator is heated – and<br />

experiences bandgap shrinkage. Under RF modulation, this efficiency is not<br />

very power dependent. As the heating due to the photocurrent absorption<br />

changes the refractive in the same direction as the other effects, at DC this<br />

gives the appearance that the efficiency is better than it is at RF. Obviously, DC<br />

extinction is not a very good indicator <strong>of</strong> RF performance.<br />

3.8 HIGH SPEED DESIGN<br />

Capacitance and carrier lifetime govern the maximum bandwidth possible for a<br />

modulator. For a lumped modulator with an open termination port, the small-<br />

signal modulation response is given by:<br />

S<br />

21<br />

2<br />

2<br />

� [3.35]<br />

1�<br />

jwRC<br />

assuming that the microwave attenuation is low[5]. Typically, there are three<br />

approaches to achieving high speed operation: low impedance matching 14 ,<br />

reducing the capacitance and distributing the modulation region 15 . <strong>The</strong><br />

14 See Chapter 4 Termination Section<br />

15 with T sections as shown in Chapter 4<br />

99


capacitance can be decreased by either increasing the intrinsic region in the<br />

waveguide 16 , lowering the pad capacitance with low k dielectrics, or decreasing<br />

the waveguide area[314,320] 17 . An accurate account <strong>of</strong> the capacitance in the<br />

structure needs to take into account the junction capacitance [Cj], parallel plate<br />

capacitance [Cpp] <strong>of</strong> the interconnect region and the fringing capacitance[Cf] for<br />

the geometry as shown in the side-view <strong>of</strong> the modulator ridge in Fig 3-12.<br />

Fig 3-12 Modulator end-view with different contributions <strong>of</strong> capacitance<br />

16 Reducing the modulator efficiency and reducing the optical loss<br />

17 Potentially increasing optical loss and or drive voltage<br />

100


Next we will look at the minimization <strong>of</strong> these capacitances separately. In<br />

both lumped and traveling wave devices, one would like to reduce the<br />

capacitance per unit length.<br />

3.5 JUNCTION CAPACITANCE MINIMIZATION<br />

<strong>The</strong> PN junction capacitance is minimized by using a short device with a<br />

narrow ridge. As shown in Fig. 3-13, the junction capacitance improves for<br />

wider intrinsic region widths and lower doping levels. <strong>The</strong> material exhibits less<br />

free carrier absorption with low doping – particularly Zn. Structures with large<br />

intrinsic regions do not provide high electric fields so<br />

Fig 3-13 Capacitance per unit length [pF/m] for various doping structures - 2�m ridge<br />

101


clearly there is a trade<strong>of</strong>f between capacitance as improved with a PIN<br />

structure and efficiency with a PN junction. Since the devices here use a low-<br />

doped PN junction 18 , the bandwidth varies considerably with bias as seen in<br />

the variance in fig 3-13 <strong>of</strong> the capacitance with bias. As an illustration <strong>of</strong> this,<br />

the small-signal modulation response is shown for a 200µm long lumped MZ at<br />

various biases in fig. 3-14.<br />

Fig. 3-14 Small-Signal normalized modulation response at 1555nm for a 200um long electrode<br />

device.<br />

18 3e17 Si as in Fig 3-9b<br />

102


<strong>The</strong> waveguide is depleted out as the bias induced electric field increases in<br />

the waveguide – changing the capacitance and bandwidth as shown in fig 3-<br />

14.<br />

In this work, the ridges were tapered down to 2.5µm (effectively 2.2µm) in the<br />

modulator regions. This did not seem to adversely affect the insertion loss <strong>of</strong><br />

the modulators much – as was shown in Chap. 1. Below 2µm wide, one would<br />

expect propagation losses to increase markedly due to light scattering.<br />

3.6 PARASITIC CAPACITANCE MINIMIZATION<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are a number <strong>of</strong> different innovative materials that can be used for<br />

providing a low-dielectric constant dielectric layer in the modulator section as<br />

shown in table 3-1.<br />

103


Table 3-1 Dielectric Materials<br />

Material Dielectric Constant<br />

Nanoporous silica 1.3 – 2.8<br />

Fluorinated organic polymers 1.8 – 3.0<br />

Fluorinated amorphous carbon 2.1 – 2.3<br />

Non-fluorinated organic polymers 2.5 – 3.5<br />

Cyclotene Benzocyclobutene (BCB) 2.65<br />

SILK (Dow) 2.65<br />

Non-fluorinated polymers 2.7 – 3.5<br />

Inorganic polymers 2.7 – 3.5<br />

Phase separated hybrids 2.8 – 3.0<br />

Poly-imides 3.2 – 3.4<br />

Fluorinated HDPCVD SiO2<br />

3.5<br />

Fluorinated PECVD SiO2<br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal SiO2 3.9<br />

Plasma deposited SiO2 4.2<br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal silicon nitride Si3N4 7.9<br />

Plasma silicon nitride Si-N-H 7.0 – 9.0<br />

Application techniques, vary from LPCVD, PECVD, sputtering, to deposition <strong>of</strong><br />

low-K liquids by simple spin coating and multiple baking techniques, similar to<br />

photoresist processing. <strong>The</strong>se materials are helpful for a number <strong>of</strong> reasons.<br />

First <strong>of</strong> all, the parasitic capacitance in the modulator is reduced due to the low<br />

dielectric constant which is important for high speed. Also, the dielectrics are<br />

useful for planarization over rough topographies on InP wafers – particularly<br />

with n-topside contacts.<br />

104


Although there are a number <strong>of</strong> low-k electronic material candidates for<br />

electronic device designs such as oxide-based materials that can handle<br />

temperatures as high as 600°C, Cyclotene BCB was chosen for fabrication as<br />

the dielectric material has not only a low dielectric constant (2.65)– but is<br />

easily cleaved and easily applied.<br />

Fig 3-15a PhotoBCB planarized ridges Fig. 3-15b Dry-etchable BCB<br />

Although dry-etchable BCB tends to have superior planarity over<br />

photodefinable varieties (see fig 3-15ab) – the latter choice avoids excessive<br />

overetches <strong>of</strong> the BCB that are necessary in order to remove BCB residuals<br />

fully from the surface as shown in Fig. 3-16. <strong>The</strong> shelf life <strong>of</strong> Photo-BCB is not<br />

very long however at room temperature 19 , so freezing it is a necessity.<br />

19 approximately 1 week<br />

105


voids<br />

Fig 3-16. BCB residuals after etch<br />

BCB scum<br />

<strong>The</strong> reactive ion etcher (RIE) tends to leave a BCB residue scum on the<br />

surface with the etch conditions that were used consisting <strong>of</strong> 20% CF4/ 80% O2<br />

with either 250V (W) or 350V (W) conditions – as recommended by Dow.<br />

Going to a lower CF4 percentage gives better selectivity between the BCB and<br />

Silicon oxy-nitride layers – however is more susceptible to oxide scum and the<br />

etch rate decreases dramatically.<br />

BCB<br />

Fig 3-17 Cyclotene 4024 PhotoBCB defined in only the modulator regions.<br />

106


Due to adhesion problems and device heat dissipation issues – BCB was<br />

defined to be only under the modulator section pads. This was defined using a<br />

photolithographic stepper tool – and the rest developed <strong>of</strong>f using a puddle<br />

emersion developer DS-2100 – avoiding a 5µm BCB etch. It was found that<br />

adhesion <strong>of</strong> the pads during wirebonding was not acceptable on the first device<br />

run due to the BCB being etched under the pads – which had excessive<br />

roughness and resulted in delamination during wedgebonding. Using a<br />

different approach only etching a via to the ridge and leaving the area under<br />

the pad unetched with a sandwiching layer <strong>of</strong> SiNyOx on top <strong>of</strong> the BCB proved<br />

superior – not only as a thicker dielectric leaving lower parasitic capacitance –<br />

but very good adhesion for wirebonding. See process Appendix C. Photo-BCB<br />

does not have very good definition resolution as can be seen in fig. 17-a with<br />

very sloped sidewalls, however it is sufficient for this application.<br />

3.7 FRINGING CAPACITANCE<br />

Using the basic geometry given in Fig. 3-12, one can calculate the parallel-<br />

plate capacitance Cpp <strong>of</strong> the interconnect segment. However, in interconnect<br />

lines where the wire thickness (t) is comparable in magnitude to the ground-<br />

plane distance (h), fringing electric fields significantly increase the total parasitic<br />

capacitance (fig. 3-1). It has been shown [315] that the influence <strong>of</strong> fringing<br />

fields increases with the decreasing (w/h) ratio, and that the fringing-field<br />

107


capacitance can be as much as 10-20 times larger than the parallel-plate<br />

capacitance. It was mentioned earlier that the sub-micron fabrication<br />

technologies allow the width <strong>of</strong> the metal lines to be decreased somewhat, yet<br />

the thickness <strong>of</strong> the line must be preserved in order to ensure structural<br />

integrity. This situation, which involves narrow metal lines with a considerable<br />

vertical thickness, is especially vulnerable to fringing field effects.<br />

A set <strong>of</strong> simple formulas [315] can be used to estimate the capacitance <strong>of</strong> the<br />

interconnect structures in which fringing fields complicate the parasitic<br />

capacitance calculation. <strong>The</strong> following two cases are considered for two<br />

different ranges <strong>of</strong> line width (w).<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� � t �<br />

�<br />

� �<br />

w �<br />

� 2�<br />

�<br />

2�<br />

�<br />

C � � � �<br />

� for<br />

�<br />

h � 2h<br />

2h<br />

� 2h<br />

��<br />

�<br />

�<br />

ln�1<br />

� � � � 2�<br />

� �<br />

�<br />

��<br />

t t � t ���<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

0.<br />

0543t<br />

� ( 1�<br />

�<br />

�w<br />

�<br />

C � � � �<br />

2h<br />

�1.<br />

47�<br />

for<br />

�<br />

h � 2h<br />

2h<br />

� 2h<br />

��<br />

�<br />

�<br />

ln�1<br />

� � � � 2�<br />

� �<br />

� ��<br />

t t � t ���<br />

�<br />

108<br />

t<br />

w � [3.36]<br />

2<br />

t<br />

w � [3.37]<br />

2


where t, h and w are the dimensions as shown in Fig 3-12. <strong>The</strong>se formulas<br />

permit the accurate approximation <strong>of</strong> the parasitic capacitance values to within<br />

10% error, even for very small values <strong>of</strong> (t/h).<br />

<strong>The</strong> other contribution <strong>of</strong> capacitance is attributed to the parasitic capacitance<br />

<strong>of</strong> the contact pad. This contribution was measured in Fig 4-3b to be<br />

approximately 0.2pF. Figure 3-18 shows the parasitic capacitance as a<br />

function <strong>of</strong> dielectric thickness for different dielectrics and modulator lengths.<br />

Parasitic Pad Capacitance (pF)<br />

2<br />

1.8<br />

1.6<br />

1.4<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

BCB 100um device<br />

BCB 200um device<br />

BCB 300um device<br />

SiNx 100um device<br />

SiNx 200um device<br />

SiNx 300um device<br />

0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4<br />

Dielectric Thickness (µm)<br />

Fig. 3-18. Pad Capacitance for different dielectrics and pad sizes w/fringing fields<br />

3.8 MULTI-MODE INTERFERENCE DESIGN<br />

Another very important element to the Mach-Zehnder design – is that <strong>of</strong> the<br />

MMI splitters and combiners[326-331]. General MMI theory states that the<br />

109


shortest 1x2 splitter requires a length <strong>of</strong> 3/8Lpi where the beat length <strong>of</strong> the two<br />

lowest order modes is given by[328]:<br />

L<br />

�<br />

eff eff w<br />

2<br />

n 4<br />

� [3-38]<br />

3�<br />

o<br />

where neff is the effective index <strong>of</strong> the mode, � is the wavelength, and weff is the equivalent width<br />

<strong>of</strong> the MMI<br />

Fig. 3-19a Electric Field pr<strong>of</strong>ile for the optimized MMI design showing imaging into the two MZ<br />

branches (Waveguide 1.4Q @ 1550nm)<br />

Fig. 3-19b MMI with curved waveguides (Height = 9um Length = 85um, taper = 20um)<br />

Using Beamprop, an MMI design was optimized with a center wavelength <strong>of</strong><br />

1550nm as shown in fig 3-19ab. MMIs have broad optical bandwidth 20 [328] –<br />

much wider than the tuning range <strong>of</strong> the SGDBRs here (38nm). <strong>The</strong> length <strong>of</strong><br />

the MMI becomes very long for wide widths due to the quadratic dependence<br />

so it is imperative to minimize the width as much as possible. A 9 µm wide<br />

MMI was chosen to that the gap between the waveguides could be resolved<br />

with the stepper as shown in Fig. 3-20. Note also the high angle sidewall in<br />

20 close to 100nm for 1dB bandwidth<br />

110


this gap due to the crystal orientation during the ridge wet etch. This sidewall is<br />

not likely to adversely affect reflections in the device – in fact it gives a more<br />

gradual index discontinuity.<br />

Fig 3-20 Gap between waveguides approximately 1µm<br />

Curved waveguides were used to extend the separation distance to 16µm as<br />

shown in Fig 3-21 to minimize the propagation distance. <strong>The</strong> ridge was defined<br />

using a dry etch/wet etch process where approximately 1µm <strong>of</strong> material is RIE<br />

etched with Methane/Hydrogen/Oxygen with a subsequent 3:1 H3PO4:HCl wet-<br />

etch to remove the rest <strong>of</strong> the InP on top <strong>of</strong> the waveguide. As the radius <strong>of</strong><br />

curvature is low, the sidewall roughness appears to be low as shown in fig. 3-<br />

16.<br />

111


Fig. 3-21 Sidewall roughness on curved waveguides and MMI taper<br />

3.9 PHASE SHIFTER<br />

A phase shifter electrode was integrated in one branch <strong>of</strong> the MZ in order to<br />

facilitate changing the phase for different wavelengths. It is best to design the<br />

waveguide structure to achieve a pi-phase shift without bias. Pi-shifted<br />

modulators have been fabricated with one length a multiple <strong>of</strong> 0.241µm 21<br />

longer than the other. <strong>The</strong> devices in this dissertation utilize a pi-shifted<br />

configuration – however this is accomplished using one ridge slightly wider<br />

(0.2µm) in the curved waveguide regions than the other to achieve the pi<br />

shift 22 [300]. Unlike the RF sections, the phase section can be forward biased,<br />

which gives close to 5x the index shift as reverse bias – as illustrated in fig. 3-<br />

22.<br />

21 for 1550nm<br />

22 This is easier due to fabrication tolerances<br />

112


Fig. 3-22 Fiber-coupled power for device #1 as a function <strong>of</strong> bias on phase section – in both<br />

forward and reverse bias<br />

As this device needs to operate over the full C-Band – in which the pi-shift will<br />

change with wavelength, designs allowed for the use <strong>of</strong> a forward biased<br />

electrode to achieve the pi-phase shift. This requires fairly good control over<br />

waveguide widths/thicknesses/compositions in order to achieve from run-to-<br />

run. By biasing this electrode however, it induces a significant amount <strong>of</strong> loss<br />

in that waveguide as shown in fig. 3-17. Ideally the device is forward biased<br />

slightly as very little current is required ~2mA to achieve the desired phase.<br />

113


Fig. 3-23 Normalized Optical Loss vs. wavelength and bias for 100µm long phase electrode<br />

<strong>The</strong> loss was measured with Device #1 23 where the laser sections are forward<br />

biased, and the SOA is reverse biased to measure the optical power that<br />

makes it through the phase section as a function <strong>of</strong> bias on the phase<br />

electrode.<br />

3.10 1 ST GENERATION DESIGN<br />

<strong>The</strong> initial design involved the integration <strong>of</strong> a SGDBR with a passive Mach-<br />

Zehnder modulator as demonstrated in fig 3-24.<br />

23 see Generation 2 designs 3.10<br />

114


Fig 3-24 Integrated SGDBR- Mach Zehnder modulator<br />

One branch <strong>of</strong> the MZ modulator was meant for DC biasing to change the<br />

phase for each wavelength, and the second for RF modulation (Pad #2).<br />

Devices were fabricated with parameters as shown in Table 3-2. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

modulators uses two identical 3dB MMI splitters/combiners that are 98µm long<br />

as described in section 3.8.<br />

Table 3-2 1 st Generation Devices<br />

Mach Zehnder<br />

Lengths 550,750,950<br />

Waveguide <strong>of</strong>fset 40um<br />

Width1 2um<br />

Width2 2.1 to 2.2 to achieve pi shift<br />

Curve length 185<br />

Curve width 20um<br />

Trench 15um<br />

MMI length 98um<br />

MMI width 9um<br />

115


Although these devices were fairly long – and suffered from high capacitance<br />

due to the problem outlined in fig. 2-7b, the DC extinction and chirp 24<br />

characteristics looked promising as shown in fig. 3-25.<br />

Output Power (dBm)<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

-30<br />

+0.8Vbias<br />

+0.6V<br />

+0.3V<br />

0V Bias<br />

-1V Bias<br />

-2V Bias<br />

-3V<br />

-35<br />

-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0<br />

Arm #1 DC Bias Voltage<br />

Fig 3-25 550µm long electrode at λ = 1535nm<br />

3.10 2 ND GENERATION DESIGNS<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> different improvements were made to the 2 nd generation devices<br />

to improve performance. First, SOAs were integrated before the MZ and inside<br />

the MZ modulator to mitigate the 4-5dB insertion losses. Additionally, the gap<br />

between the two waveguides was reduced from 37um to 16um which allowed<br />

for shorter curved waveguide sections. A 2x2 MMI was placed at the output to<br />

24 As will be shown in Chap 5<br />

116


Laser Input<br />

guide away <strong>of</strong>f-state light in a controllable way as shown in fig. 3-20. <strong>The</strong><br />

output was curved and flared as well as a front passive detector electrode<br />

placed on the output waveguide to reduce reflections. Also, two RF electrodes<br />

were placed on each device so that push-pull modulation could be possible. In<br />

addition, considerably shorter electrodes were employed to improve the high<br />

speed performance.<br />

1x2 splitter 2x2 combiner<br />

Fig. 3-26 Ridge waveguide structure illustrating the 1x2 and 2x2 MMIs with curved waveguides<br />

and output flares<br />

<strong>The</strong> first three devices have Dual SOAs as mentioned in Chapter 1. Device 7<br />

and 8 have electrodes at the rear <strong>of</strong> the modulator for rear resistive termination<br />

as will be elaborated in chapter 4 and 5.<br />

117<br />

Output


<strong>The</strong> first 8 designs use lumped electrodes and are shown for reference:<br />

Table 3-3 Lumped electrode MZ devices<br />

Total device length = 3200µm<br />

SOA<br />

# Config MZ Electrode Length SOA Length<br />

1 Dual 300 350<br />

2 Dual 250 350<br />

3 Dual 200 350<br />

4 Single 300 400<br />

5 Single 250 400<br />

6 Single 200 400<br />

7 Single 300 400<br />

8 Single 200 400<br />

118


REFERENCES<br />

[300] Yu J, Rolland C, Yevick D, Somani A, Bradshaw S. “Phase-engineered<br />

III-V MQW Mach-Zehnder modulators.” IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, vol.8, no.8, Aug. 1996, pp.1018-20.<br />

[301] Lawetz C, Cartledge JC, Rolland C, Yu J. “Modulation characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />

semiconductor Mach-Zehnder optical modulators.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.15, no.4, April 1997, pp.697-703.<br />

[302] Bardyszewski W, Yevick D, Yong Liu, Rolland C, Bradshaw S.<br />

“<strong>The</strong>oretical and experimental analysis <strong>of</strong> Mach-Zehnder quantum-well<br />

modulators.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Physics, vol.80, no.2, 15 July 1996,<br />

pp.1136-41.<br />

[303] Fetterman M, Chao C-P, Forrest SR. “Fabrication and analysis <strong>of</strong> highcontrast<br />

InGaAsP-InP Mach-Zehnder modulators for use at 1.55- mu m<br />

wavelength.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.1, Jan. 1996,<br />

pp.69-71.<br />

[304] Cites JS, Ashley PR. “High-performance Mach-Zehnder modulators in<br />

multiple quantum well GaAs/AlGaAs.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology,<br />

vol.12, no.7, July 1994, pp.1167-73.<br />

[305] T. Hausken, “High Performance Double Heterostructure and Quantum<br />

Well Waveguide Phase Modulators in GaAs/AlGaAs”, P.h.D Dissertation<br />

1990.<br />

[306] Xun Li, Huang W-P, Adams DM, Rolland C, Makino T. “Modeling and<br />

design <strong>of</strong> a DFB laser integrated with a Mach-Zehnder modulator.”<br />

[Journal Paper] IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.34, no.10, Oct.<br />

1998, pp.1807-15.<br />

[307] Adams DM, Rolland C, Puetz N, Moore RS, Shepherd FR, Kim HB,<br />

Bradshaw S. “Mach-Zehnder modulator integrated with a gain-coupled<br />

DFB laser for 10 Gbit/s, 100 km NDSF transmission at 1.55 um.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.32, no.5, 29 Feb. 1996, pp.485-6.<br />

[308] Adams DM, Rolland C, Fekecs A, McGhan D, Somani A, Bradshaw S,<br />

Poirier M, Dupont E, Cremer E, Anderson K. “1.55 um transmission at 2.5<br />

119


Gbit/s over 1102 km <strong>of</strong> NDSF using discrete and monolithically integrated<br />

InGaAsP-InP Mach-Zehnder modulator and DFB laser.” Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.34, no.8, 16 April 1998, pp.771-3.<br />

[309] Barton JS, Skogen EJ, Masanovic ML, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA.,<br />

“Tailorable chirp using integrated Mach-Zehnder modulators with tunable<br />

sampled grating distributed Bragg reflector lasers.” 2002 IEEE 18th<br />

International Semiconductor Laser Conference. Conference Digest (Cat.<br />

No.02CH37390). IEEE. 2002, pp.49-50.<br />

[310] Chin MK. “Optical confinement factor in waveguide electroabsorption<br />

modulators: design and measurement.” IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, vol.6, no.8, Aug. 1994, pp.945-8.<br />

[311] Chin MK. “Effect <strong>of</strong> electroabsorption on electrorefractive intensity<br />

modulators.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.4, no.6, June<br />

1992, pp.583-5.<br />

[312] J. D. Dow and D. Redfield, “Towards a unified theory <strong>of</strong> Urbach’s rule and<br />

exponential absorption edge,” Phys. Rev. B 5, 594-610 (1972)<br />

[313] Mason B, Fish GA, DenBaars SP, Coldren LA. “Widely tunable sampled<br />

grating DBR laser with integrated electroabsorption modulator.” IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.11, no.6, June 1999, pp.638-40.<br />

[314] Satzke K, Baums D, Cebulla U, Haisch H, Kaiser D, Lach E, Kuhn E,<br />

Weber J, Weinmann R, Wiedemann P, Zielinski E. “Ultrahigh-bandwidth<br />

(42 GHz) polarisation-independent ridge waveguide electroabsorption<br />

modulator based on tensile strained InGaAsP MQW.” Electronics Letters,<br />

vol.31, no.23, 9 Nov. 1995, pp.2030-2..<br />

[315] Yuan CP, Trick TN. “A simple formula for the estimation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

capacitance <strong>of</strong> two-dimensional interconnects in VLSI circuits.” IEEE<br />

Electron Device Letters, vol.EDL-3, no.12, Dec. 1982, pp.391-3.<br />

[316] V. Swaminathan, A. T. Macrander, “Materials Aspects <strong>of</strong> GaAs and InP<br />

Based Structures” Prentice Hall Advanced Reference Series, 1991. pg<br />

355.<br />

[317] Penninckx D, Delansay Ph. “Comparison <strong>of</strong> the propagation performance<br />

over standard dispersive fiber between InP-based pi -phase-shifted and<br />

symmetrical Mach-Zehnder modulators.” IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, vol.9, no.9, Sept. 1997, pp.1250-2.<br />

120


[318] Hishimura Nishimura S, Inoue H, Sano H, Ishida K. “Electrooptic effects<br />

in an InGaAs/InAlAs multiquantum well structure.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.4, no.10, Oct. 1992, pp.1123-6.<br />

[319] Mak G, Rolland C, Fox KE, Blaauw C. “High-speed bulk InGaAsP-InP<br />

electroabsorption modulators with bandwidth in excess <strong>of</strong> 20 GHz.” IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.2, no.10, Oct. 1990, pp.730-3.<br />

[320] Ido T, Tanaka S, Suzuki M, Koizumi M, Sano H, Inoue H. “Ultra-highspeed<br />

multiple-quantum-well electro-absorption optical modulators with<br />

integrated waveguides.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.14, no.9,<br />

Sept. 1996, pp.2026-34.<br />

[321] Delansay P, Penninckx D, Boucherez E, Fortin C, Le Gouezigou O.<br />

“InP/GaInAsP phase-shifted Mach-Zehnder modulator for wavelengthindependent<br />

(1530-1560 nm) performance in 10 Gbit/s transmission over<br />

dispersive fiber.”Conference on Optical Fiber Communications. Technical<br />

Digest. Postconference Edition. 1997 OSA Technical Digest Series. Vol.6<br />

(IEEE Cat. No.97CH36049). Opt. Soc. America. 1997, pp.11-12.<br />

[322] Rolland C. “InGaAsP-based Mach-Zehnder modulators for high-speed<br />

transmission systems.” <strong>OF</strong>C '98. Optical Fiber Communication<br />

Conference and Exhibit. Technical Digest. Conference Edition. 1998 OSA<br />

Technical Digest Series Vol.2 (IEEE Cat. No.98CH36177). Opt. Soc.<br />

America. 1998, pp.283-4.<br />

[323] Soda H, Furutsu M, Sato K, Okazaki N, Yamazaki S, Nishimoto H,<br />

Ishikawa H. “High-power and high-speed semi-insulating BH structure<br />

monolithic electroabsorption modulator/DFB laser light source.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.26, no.1, 4 Jan. 1990, pp.9-10.<br />

[324] Jackel JL, Perlmutter P, Johnson J. “High-speed low-voltage modulation<br />

with a nonsymmetric Mach-Zehnder interferometer.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.7, no.6, June 1989, pp.937-40.<br />

[325] Rolland C, Mak G, Prosyk KL, Maritan CM, Puetz N. “High speed and low<br />

loss, bulk electroabsorption waveguide modulators at 1.3 mu m.” IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.3, no.10, Oct. 1991, pp.894-6.<br />

[326] Pennings ECM, van Roijen R, van Stralen MJN, de Waard PJ, Koumans<br />

RGMP, Verbeck BH. “Reflection properties <strong>of</strong> multimode interference<br />

devices.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.6, no.6, June 1994,<br />

pp.715-18.<br />

121


[327] Soldano LB, Pennings ECM. “Optical multi-mode interference devices<br />

based on self-imaging: principles and applications.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.13, no.4, April 1995, pp.615-27.<br />

[328] Besse PA, Bachmann M, Melchior H, Soldano LB, Smit MK. “Optical<br />

bandwidth and fabrication tolerances <strong>of</strong> multimode interference couplers.”<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.12, no.6, June 1994, pp.1004-9.<br />

[329] Erasme D, Spiekman LH, Herben CGP, Smit MK, Groen FH.<br />

“Experimental assessment <strong>of</strong> the reflection <strong>of</strong> passive multimode<br />

interference couplers.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.9, no.12,<br />

Dec. 1997, pp.1604-6.<br />

[330] Leuthold J, Joyner CW. “Multimode interference couplers with tunable<br />

power splitting ratios.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.19, no.5,<br />

May 2001, pp.700-7.<br />

[331] Rolland C, Adams DM, Yevick D, Hermansson B. “Optimization <strong>of</strong><br />

strongly guiding semiconductor rib waveguide Y-junctions.” IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.2, no.6, June 1990, pp.404-6.<br />

[332] Cartledge JC, Rolland C, Lemerle S, Solheim A. “<strong>The</strong>oretical<br />

performance <strong>of</strong> 10 Gb/s lightwave systems using a III-V semiconductor<br />

Mach-Zehnder modulator.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.6,<br />

no.2, Feb. 1994, pp.282-4.<br />

[333] Janz CF, Keyworth BP, Allegretto W, Macdonald RI, Fallahi M, Hillier G,<br />

Rolland C. “Mach-Zehnder switch using an ultra-compact directional<br />

coupler in a strongly-confining rib structure.” IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, vol.6, no.8, Aug. 1994, pp.981-3.<br />

[334] Rolland C, Moore RS, Shepherd F, Hillier G. “10 Gbit/s, 1.56 mu m<br />

multiquantum well InP/InGaAsP Mach-Zehnder optical modulator.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.29, no.5, 4 March 1993, pp.471-2.<br />

[335] Rolland C, Adams DM, Yevick D, Hermansson B. “Optimization <strong>of</strong><br />

strongly guiding semiconductor rib waveguide Y-junctions.” IEEE<br />

Photonics Technology Letters, vol.2, no.6, June 1990, pp.404-6..<br />

[336] Rolland C, Mak G, Fox KE, Adams DM, Springthorpe AJ, Yevick D,<br />

Hermansson B. “Analysis <strong>of</strong> strongly guiding rib waveguide S-bends:<br />

theory and experiment.” Electronics Letters, vol.25, no.18, 31 Aug. 1989,<br />

pp.1256-7.<br />

122


[337] Bennett BR, Soref RA, Del Alamo JA. Carrier-induced change in<br />

refractive index <strong>of</strong> InP, GaAs and InGaAsP. IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum<br />

Electronics, vol.26, no.1, Jan. 1990, pp.113-22.<br />

[338] Zucker JE, Jones KL, Newkirk MA, Gnall RP, Miller BI, Young MG, Koren<br />

U, Burrus CA, Tell B. “Quantum well interferometric modulator<br />

monolithically integrated with 1.55 um tunable distributed Bragg reflector<br />

laser. Electronics Letters, vol.28, no.20, 24 Sept. 1992, pp.1888-9.<br />

[339] ] Djurisic AB, Rakic AD, Kwok PCK, Li EH, Majewski ML. Modeling the<br />

optical constants <strong>of</strong> GaP, InP, and InAs. Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Physics,<br />

vol.85, no.7, 1 April 1999, pp.3638-42.<br />

[340] Cahill LW, Payne FP. “Optical switches based on the generalized Mach-<br />

Zehnder interferometer.” 2000 Digest <strong>of</strong> the LEOS Summer Topical<br />

Meetings. Electronic-Enhanced Optics. Optical Sensing in Semiconductor<br />

Manufacturing. Electro-Optics in Space. Broadband Optical Networks<br />

(Cat. No.00TH8497). IEEE. 2000, pp.IV57-8. .<br />

[341] Brindel P, Leclerc O, Duchet C, Goix M, Grard E, Maunand E, Desurvire<br />

E. “20 Gbit/s optically regenerated transmission over 40 mm based on<br />

polarisation-independent, push-pull InP Mach-Zehnder modulator.”<br />

[Conference Paper] 24th European Conference on Optical<br />

Communication. ECOC '98 (IEEE Cat. No.98TH8398). Telefonica. Part<br />

vol.1, 1998, pp.685-6 vol.1.<br />

[342] O. Leclerc, P. Brindel, D. Rouvillain, E. Pincermin, B. Dany, E. Desurvire,<br />

C. Duchet, E. Boucheriz, S. Bourchoule, “40Gbit/s polarizationindependent,<br />

push-pull InP Mach-Zehnder modulator for all-optical<br />

regeneration” PD35-1<br />

[343] O. Leclerc, C. Duchet, P. Brindel, M. Goix, E. Grard, E. Maunand, E.<br />

Desurvire, “Polarization-independent InP push-pull Mach-Zehnder<br />

modulator for 20Gbit/s soliton regeneration”, Electronic Lett. Vol. 34, No.<br />

10, May 14, 1998.<br />

[344] Bach HG, Krauser J, Nolting HP, Logan RA, Reinhart FK. “Electro-optical<br />

light modulation in InGaAsP/InP double heterostructure diodes.” Applied<br />

Physics Letters, vol.42, no.8, 15 April 1983, pp.692-4. USA.<br />

[345] Adachi S, Oe K. Linear electro-optic effects in zincblende-type<br />

semiconductors: key properties <strong>of</strong> InGaAsP relevant to device design.<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Physics, vol.56, no.1, 1 July 1984, pp.74-80.<br />

123


[346] Alping A, Coldren LA. “Electrorefraction in GaAs and InGaAsP and its<br />

application to phase modulators.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Physics, vol.61,<br />

no.7, 1 April 1987, pp.2430-3..<br />

[347] Vinchant J-F, Cavailles JA, Erman M, Jarry P, Renaud M. “InP/GaInAsP<br />

guided-wave phase modulators based on carrier-induced effects: theory<br />

and experiment.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.10, no.1, Jan.<br />

1992, pp.63-70.<br />

[348] Fiedler F, Schlachetzki A. “Optical parameters <strong>of</strong> InP-based waveguides.”<br />

Solid-State Electronics, vol.30, no.1, Jan. 1987, pp.73-83.<br />

[349] Botteldooren D, Baets R. “Influence <strong>of</strong> band-gap shrinkage on the carrierinduced<br />

refractive index change in InGaAsP.” Applied Physics Letters,<br />

vol.54, no.20, 15 May 1989, pp.1989-91.<br />

[350] Van Eck TE, Walpita LM, Chang WSC, Wieder HH. Franz-Keldysh<br />

electrorefraction and electroabsorption in bulk InP and GaAs. Applied<br />

Physics Letters, vol.48, no.7, 17 Feb. 1986, pp.451-3. USA.<br />

[351] Temkin H, Keramidas VG, Pollack MA, Wagner WR. “Temperature<br />

dependence <strong>of</strong> photoluminescence <strong>of</strong> n-InGaAsP.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied<br />

Physics, vol.52, no.3, pt.1, March 1981, pp.1574-8.<br />

[352] Adachi S. “Refractive indices <strong>of</strong> III-V compounds: key properties <strong>of</strong><br />

InGaAsP relevant to device design.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Physics, vol.53,<br />

no.8, Aug. 1982, pp.5863-9.<br />

[353] Kingston R.H., “Electroabsorption in GaInAsP”, Appl. Phys. Lett. 34(11), 1<br />

June 1979.<br />

[354] Dutta NK, Olsson NA. Electroabsorption in InGaAsP-InP double<br />

heterostructures. Electronics Letters, vol.20, no.15, 19 July 1984, pp.634-<br />

5. UK.<br />

124


Chapter 4<br />

Series Push-Pull Modulator Designs<br />

As first demonstrated by Walker[7,455] and later Spickermann[456] in the<br />

GaAs/AlGaAs material system, if a RF signal is applied across the two MZ<br />

electrodes – thereby connecting the diodes in series – one achieves superior<br />

performance in terms <strong>of</strong> optical bandwidth and zero-chirp performance with a<br />

single RF input. This chapter will first look at the design concept and results<br />

from lumped device designs with input side termination. Next, end-terminated<br />

CPS transmission line electrode designs that aim to match the characteristic<br />

impedance are explored with respect to transmission line design and device<br />

characteristics.<br />

SiNxOy<br />

n-contact<br />

MZ#1 p-contact MZ#2 p-contact<br />

BCB<br />

InGaAs contact layer RF SIGNAL<br />

SI InP substrate<br />

MZ #1<br />

MZ #2<br />

Figure 4-1 Series push-pull bias configuration<br />

125<br />

Vdc1<br />

Vdc2 R


4.1 LUMPED SERIES PUSH-PULL BANDWIDTH<br />

<strong>The</strong> series push-pull biasing scheme and cross-section <strong>of</strong> the modulator are<br />

shown in fig. 4-1. <strong>The</strong> use <strong>of</strong> a SI substrate lowers the parasitic capacitance –<br />

under the electrode pads and enables series push-pull (SPP) operation.<br />

Ideally, there would be full isolation between the n-contact region in the<br />

modulator and that <strong>of</strong> the rest <strong>of</strong> the chip. In the devices presented here, the n-<br />

InP region was etched down to the SI-substrate close to the ridge and the p-<br />

InP region was proton implanted. This leaves a narrow region below the<br />

shallow ridge that is not effectively isolated. <strong>The</strong> resistance between the n-<br />

contact to the modulator and that <strong>of</strong> the rest <strong>of</strong> the transmitter typically<br />

measured approximately 150 ohms.<br />

Lumped series push-pull devices were fabricated and tested using special<br />

75�m pitch CPS picoprobes with integrated 50 ohm parallel resistors. In this<br />

case, the 50 ohm termination is on the front end <strong>of</strong> the device. Later<br />

transmission line based devices use a rear termination. <strong>The</strong> 3dB optical<br />

bandwidth <strong>of</strong> three different devices with 200�m, 250�m and 300�m electrode<br />

lengths are shown in fig. 4-2 and compared to the one-sided modulation. <strong>The</strong><br />

probe configuration is shown in fig. 4-3 for the single side and SPP<br />

configurations.<br />

126


GND<br />

SIGNAL<br />

GND<br />

SIGNAL<br />

Fig. 4-2 Biasing for single side and series push pull<br />

Note that using the series push-pull electrode structure almost doubles the<br />

optical bandwidth – the loss due to parasitics to ground on one branch <strong>of</strong> the<br />

MZ which equates to approximately the capacitance from the n-contact to the<br />

backside <strong>of</strong> the substrate (100�m thick). <strong>The</strong> substrate is metalized on the<br />

backside to facilitate soldering to a carrier for good heat conduction.<br />

Alternatively the device could be either flip-chipped without backside<br />

metalization or epoxied to the carrier thereby removing the metallization and<br />

reducing the parasitic capacitance at the expense <strong>of</strong> reduced thermal<br />

conductivity. Clearly a smaller n-contact region would be beneficial.<br />

One can see in fig 4-3b the capacitance per unit length (1225pF/m and<br />

690pF/m for single side and SPP respectively) as the slope and pad<br />

capacitance as the y-intercept for both single side and SPP modulation.<br />

127


f3dB 1<br />

�<br />

�RC<br />

Fig. 4-3a Comparison <strong>of</strong> single side and series push-pull 3dB optical small signal bandwidth<br />

Fig 4-3b Capacitance vs electrode length for single side and SPP configuration DC -3V Bias<br />

Due to the photocurrent generated in the devices –the impedance is reduced<br />

considerably. This means that with a 50ohm parallel resistor, the single side<br />

configuration has approximately 45.5 ohms and the SPP configuration yields<br />

47.6 ohms. <strong>The</strong> effect <strong>of</strong> added bandwidth is also evident in the back-to-back<br />

eye diagrams for the comparison <strong>of</strong> single side to SPP modulation as shown<br />

for a 250�m long electrode device at 10 Gbit/s with a 2 7 -1 PRBS in fig. 4-4.<br />

250�m single side lumped 250�m SPP<br />

Fig. 4-4 Back to back Eyes comparing single side and series push-pull operation – with 10dB<br />

extinction. Both at using -2V DC bias with 1.5V Vpp. OC-192 with 2 7 -1 PRBS<br />

128


4.2 DUAL RF SERIES PUSH-PULL DEVICES<br />

As mentioned before, the Dual RF series push-pull devices take advantage <strong>of</strong><br />

the improved bandwidth <strong>of</strong> the SPP electrode structure and reduced voltage by<br />

having two <strong>of</strong> them. Figure 4-5 shows the device layout and the parasitic<br />

conduction path between the two n-contact regions. Ideally this path would be<br />

cut or reduced by He implanting in between the sets <strong>of</strong> electrodes. In the<br />

current layer structure this would be difficult as the n-InP and n-InGaAs layers<br />

are approximately 2.3µm thick – as well as the ridge on top (2µm) which is<br />

difficult to achieve without very high implant energies. To do this a quaternary<br />

contact would need to be placed much closer to the waveguide �0.5µm.<br />

Fig 4-5 Dual RF Series push-pull 4 electrode structure<br />

DATA<br />

GND<br />

GND<br />

N-contact DATA<br />

N-contact<br />

Due to the finite conductivity <strong>of</strong> the n-layer, the conduction path prefers the<br />

closest GND and even without He implantation, the device operates well at<br />

10Gbit/s.<br />

129


Fig 4-6 device layout for Dual RF SPP electrode devices<br />

As can be seen in fig. 4-7, the swing improves considerably with Dual RF<br />

sources. <strong>The</strong> bandwidth is compromised a bit due to the lack <strong>of</strong> isolation<br />

between the two n-contacts – however not excessively as illustrated in the<br />

back-to-back eyes for single SPP and Dual SPP as shown in fig. 4-7.<br />

Both SPP<br />

Risetime:<br />

72ps<br />

Falltime:<br />

56ps<br />

One SPP<br />

Risetime:<br />

65ps<br />

Falltime:<br />

52ps<br />

Fig. 4-7 Optical signal levels for single and dual SPP operation and back-to-back eye<br />

diagrams for each with Vpp = 2V with 10Gbit/s PRBS 2 7 -1 signal<br />

130


4.3 TRAVELING WAVE MODULATORS<br />

Numerous groups have demonstrated discrete high-speed modulators and<br />

DFB integrated devices utilizing traveling-wave electrode structures [4,7].<br />

Although lumped electrodes can provide fairly good performance with respect<br />

to bandwidth, careful design <strong>of</strong> the transmission line will provide superior return<br />

loss (S11) if the loaded transmission line is designed to match the driver [25 or<br />

50 ohms] and/or superior bandwidth if the microwave index is matched. An<br />

assortment <strong>of</strong> different transmission line structures have been pursued for<br />

traveling wave electrodes. Microstrip, Coplanar waveguide (CPW), and<br />

Coplanar strip (CPS) transmission lines are most <strong>of</strong>ten employed. Microstrip,<br />

although simple is sometimes regarded as disadvantageous due to<br />

inaccessible ground planes, difficulties in shunt connections between the strip<br />

and ground, limitations on the substrate thickness and exhibit more radiation<br />

with thick substrates. In the case <strong>of</strong> CPW lines – the impedance is mostly<br />

defined by the lateral dimensions and the substrate thickness is not as<br />

important. CPW localizes the electric field – reducing spurious coupling,<br />

radiation and dispersion[402].<br />

Unfortunately, both the even and odd modes can exist in CPW – which this odd<br />

mode can be suppressed with air bridges.[408] Additionally, parallel plate<br />

modes are supported (microstrip modes) between the CPW and the ground<br />

plane on the bottom – which is a cause <strong>of</strong> ‘energy leakage’ from the CPW<br />

131


[408]. As a general rule the thickness <strong>of</strong> the substrate must be > 2(2G + W) in<br />

order to suppress the microstrip modes. In order to match the characteristic<br />

impedance <strong>of</strong> the source, the on-chip loaded transmission lines require fairly<br />

large unloaded characteristic impedances. Although CPW can easily be made<br />

to match 50ohms, capacitively loaded lines require much larger unloaded<br />

characteristic impedances to yield 50 ohms loaded – and these high values<br />

cannot be realized in CPW easily with the current doping restraints <strong>of</strong> the<br />

integration platform. CPW designed for index matching yields poor<br />

characteristic impedance matching. However, Coplanar Stripline (CPS) –<br />

which has a range <strong>of</strong> possible Zo values twice that <strong>of</strong> CPW works well for the<br />

matching region. CPS was chosen for this reason, and the compactness <strong>of</strong> the<br />

transmission lines suitable for further integration – such as in a photocurrent-<br />

driven wavelength converter.<br />

However, it is more difficult to make a 50 ohm unloaded section (for the<br />

feedthroughs) without very narrow gaps and wide pads – leading to higher<br />

microwave attenuation. <strong>The</strong> feedthroughs were designed at a linear taper as<br />

this was found to be the best approach in [462]. Also, the phase difference<br />

between the two lines will affect the matching ability at higher frequencies.<br />

Ideally the lines should be excited with equal length feedthrough lines. <strong>The</strong><br />

design was chosen to have an input line at 30 degrees to allow probing away<br />

132


from the optical waveguide – but minimize the phase difference between the<br />

two electrodes.<br />

4.4 TRAVELING WAVE MATCHING<br />

<strong>The</strong> design <strong>of</strong> Traveling-Wave (TW) modulators is based on the matching <strong>of</strong><br />

the optical and electrical wave velocities. As has been pointed out[454], it is<br />

the group index that should be matched – not the phase velocity. In the case<br />

<strong>of</strong> LiNbO3 modulators, the electrical wave (neff ≈4.225) propagates slower than<br />

the optical wave(neff ≈2.138)[303,421,424]. To perform matching, one can use<br />

a buffer layer, phase reversal, or a shielding plane to decrease the microwave<br />

effective index <strong>of</strong> the line[422,423]. Alternatively, one can increase the<br />

electrode thickness, decreasing the effective index further [421]. GaAs and<br />

InP, modulators can have electrical waves that propagate faster than the<br />

optical wave. In order to match the index, <strong>of</strong>ten either capacitive coupling or<br />

inductive coupling approaches are employed. According to work done by<br />

Spickermann et al.[461], the inductively coupled slow wave structures have<br />

higher attenuation loss for a given gap width – and are harder to model than<br />

capacitively-coupled devices. LiNbO3 devices do not have a PN structure and<br />

do not load the line substantially similarly to devices such as demonstrated by<br />

Spickermann that rely on the electric field between the electrodes to change<br />

the index – which usually is far less efficient than the use <strong>of</strong> a PN structure.<br />

<strong>The</strong> devices in this dissertation use PN junctions to increase the electric field<br />

133


overlap with the optical mode which leads to a very large capacitance per unit<br />

length – resulting in a similar situation as the LiNbO3 where the microwave<br />

index is much higher than the optical index.<br />

For a capacitively loaded transmission line, the optimum loading capacitance is<br />

given by Walker:<br />

C<br />

loading<br />

n<br />

�<br />

2<br />

opto �<br />

cZ<br />

o<br />

n<br />

n<br />

2<br />

cpw<br />

opto<br />

[4.1]<br />

where c is the speed <strong>of</strong> light, nopto is the optical group index, ncpw is the electrical index and Zo is<br />

the characteristic impedance<br />

However, in order to fabricate high performance SGDBRs, the doping required<br />

typically results in capacitance per unit lengths in the range <strong>of</strong> 2000pF/m to<br />

2500pF/m for a 3�m wide ridge. <strong>The</strong> junction capacitance/length <strong>of</strong> the device<br />

due to the PN or PIN region is considerably larger (x10) than the<br />

capacitance/length <strong>of</strong> the coplanar line. <strong>The</strong> result <strong>of</strong> this is the line is highly<br />

capacitively coupled which both slows the electrical wave and reduces the<br />

characteristic impedance considerably.<br />

First, the optical group index <strong>of</strong> the modulator section needs to be assessed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> effective index and group index are shown in fig. 4.8 for various waveguide<br />

compositions.<br />

134


Effective Index<br />

Group Index<br />

3.35<br />

3. 3<br />

3. 25<br />

3.2 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570<br />

4. 4<br />

4. 2<br />

4<br />

3. 8<br />

3. 6<br />

3.4<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

1.3Q<br />

1.35Q<br />

1.4Q<br />

1.45Q<br />

1.3Q<br />

1.35Q<br />

1.4Q<br />

1.45Q<br />

1580<br />

1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580<br />

Wavelength (nm)<br />

Fig. 4-8 Effective Index and Group index for different waveguide compositions. Assuming a<br />

structure where the waveguide has been etched <strong>of</strong>f halfway.<br />

One can see that not only is the group index significantly higher for waveguide<br />

compositions at approx. 1.45 – but the dispersion increases as the operating<br />

wavelength approaches that <strong>of</strong> the band-edge. One will obtain a superior<br />

velocity match at the lower wavelengths and higher waveguide Q as loaded<br />

transmission lines tend to slow the electrical wave excessively. Matching over<br />

a wide wavelength range becomes more difficult as the waveguide composition<br />

Q increases.<br />

135


Next we should consider the group index <strong>of</strong> the microwave signal. <strong>The</strong><br />

electrical signal does not have as much dispersion as the optical signal – and is<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten approximated as just the phase velocity. <strong>The</strong> dispersion has been curve<br />

fitted from spectral domain data and is given by [415].<br />

� r1<br />

� � q<br />

neff ( f ) � � eff ( f ) � � q �<br />

�b<br />

( 1�<br />

aF )<br />

f<br />

TE<br />

where: f = frequency; F = f/fTE<br />

�<br />

c<br />

�<br />

4h1 r1<br />

�1<br />

the cut<strong>of</strong>f frequency for the lowest-order TE mode<br />

� S �<br />

( u log�<br />

�v)<br />

W<br />

�<br />

� �<br />

[4.2]<br />

[4.3]<br />

a � 10<br />

[4.4]<br />

u≈0.54 – 0.64q + 0.015q 2<br />

v≈0.43 – 0.86q + 0.54q 2<br />

q = log(S/h1)<br />

h1 thickness <strong>of</strong> substrate<br />

b = 1.8<br />

�q = effective permittivity at the quasi-static limit.<br />

136


4.5 TRANSMISSION LINE MODEL<br />

<strong>The</strong> CPS transmission line in these series push-pull devices can be modeled<br />

as a distributed circuit model along the device as shown in fig. 4-9. Often, the<br />

characteristic impedance <strong>of</strong> a transmission line is approximated for low<br />

microwave loss in equation 4.5.<br />

Z<br />

Lcps<br />

� � �<br />

[4.5]<br />

Y<br />

C<br />

lossless<br />

Zo � �<br />

n � c ZY ����c<br />

cps<br />

lossless<br />

� cps cps<br />

[4.6]<br />

However, the devices here experience microwave losses due to a number <strong>of</strong><br />

sources as outlined in section 4.7 and the transmission line model fits the data<br />

best if the capacitive and inductive loading are accounted for in the model. <strong>The</strong><br />

transmission lines in the device are loaded by the depletion capacitance from<br />

each ridge CPN1 and CPN2 in the ridge as is shown in fig. 4-9 as well as a small<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> inductance due to the T structures. <strong>The</strong> capacitance shown in fig. 4-<br />

9 is composed <strong>of</strong> the PN junction capacitance (significant), the CPS<br />

metallization capacitance and the parasitic capacitance.<br />

137<br />

L<br />

C


Ccps<br />

CPN G CPN<br />

Fig. 4-9 Device cross-section equivalent circuit for smooth CPS<br />

This can be expressed as a distributed circuit model as shown in fig. 4-10.<br />

Z<br />

Y<br />

Lcps<br />

GPN2<br />

GPN<br />

R<br />

CPN2<br />

LT<br />

CPN<br />

Gn Ccps<br />

CPara<br />

Transmission line Equivalent circuit for T-electrode CPS line<br />

Fig. 4-10 Transmission line distributed equivalent circuit. Gn is conductance in n-cladding<br />

region, Cpara is parasitic capacitance to ground, LT is the T-inductance, GPN is the conductance<br />

due to the photocurrent in the ridge Cpn is the depletion capacitance<br />

138<br />

LT


<strong>The</strong> equivalent circuit model for the smooth CPS line devices is the same as<br />

given in fig 4-10 except without the inductance contribution <strong>of</strong> the Ts (LT = 0).<br />

Given the equivalent circuit model in fig. 4-10, the characteristic impedance <strong>of</strong><br />

the smooth CPS transmission line can be expressed as:<br />

Z<br />

Y<br />

osmooth<br />

smooth<br />

�<br />

�<br />

Z<br />

Y<br />

j�C<br />

smooth<br />

�<br />

cps<br />

Z R � j�L<br />

� [4.7]<br />

cps<br />

Gn<br />

�<br />

G �<br />

n 1<br />

1�<br />

� �<br />

j�<br />

��<br />

CPN1<br />

C<br />

j�C<br />

cps<br />

PN 2<br />

( R � j�Lcps<br />

)<br />

Gn<br />

�<br />

G �<br />

n 1<br />

1�<br />

� �<br />

j�<br />

��<br />

CPN1<br />

C<br />

1<br />

� C<br />

PN 2<br />

p<br />

�<br />

�<br />

��<br />

1<br />

� C<br />

<strong>The</strong> T structures have some additional inductance as shown in the equivalent<br />

circuit in fig. 4.10<br />

Y<br />

T<br />

n<br />

PN<br />

PN1<br />

PN<br />

p<br />

�<br />

�<br />

��<br />

�C�C� PN 2<br />

p<br />

[4.8]<br />

[4.9]<br />

1<br />

� j�<br />

CcpsT<br />

�<br />

[4.10]<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

� 2 j�LT<br />

�<br />

�<br />

G<br />

G � j�C<br />

G � j�<br />

Z<br />

oT<br />

�<br />

Z<br />

Y<br />

T<br />

�<br />

j�C<br />

cpsT<br />

( R � j<br />

�<br />

1<br />

G<br />

� 2 j�LT<br />

�<br />

G<br />

1<br />

1<br />

� j�C<br />

n<br />

PN<br />

139<br />

� LcpsT<br />

)<br />

[4.11]<br />

PN1<br />

�<br />

G<br />

PN<br />

1<br />

� j�<br />

�C�C� PN 2<br />

p


4.6 CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE COMPARISON<br />

<strong>The</strong> CPS lines used in this dissertation were modeled using ADS s<strong>of</strong>tware. As<br />

the lines are considerably capacitively loaded, this means we need to design a<br />

transmission line that has a much larger impedance unloaded – in order to<br />

obtain 50ohms loaded. Figure 4.11 shows the unloaded characteristic<br />

impedance for two CPS structures, one with 50 �m Ts and one with a smooth<br />

CPS line 16�m apart with 8�m wide strips.<br />

4.11 Unloaded Characteristic Impedance for smooth CPS and 50�m T structures from devices<br />

as shown in table 4.2. 1.5�m thick Au<br />

As can be seen in fig. 4-12a, narrow lines increase the characteristic<br />

impedance by increasing the inductance – at the expense <strong>of</strong> microwave loss.<br />

140


A much higher characteristic impedance is possible with the Ts as shown in fig<br />

4-12b for a given electrode width. <strong>The</strong> width <strong>of</strong> the T electrodes was chosen at<br />

8µm as a compromise with microwave loss – shown in fig 4-12b as design G.<br />

Characteristic Impedance<br />

50<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

16um spacing 1000pF/m loading<br />

2<br />

4<br />

6<br />

8<br />

10<br />

12<br />

15<br />

25<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Frequency (GHz)<br />

Loaded Characteristic Impedance<br />

52<br />

50<br />

48<br />

46<br />

44<br />

42<br />

40<br />

Design G 5um<br />

DesignG 8um<br />

DesignG 15um<br />

38<br />

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />

Frequency (GHz)<br />

Fig 4-12a Characteristic Impedance for different CPS line widths given a 16um spacing<br />

Fig 4-12b Characteristic impedance for T-section electrodes vs electrode width<br />

From S parameters and the resulting [ABCD] matrix, the characteristic<br />

impedance was extracted for different biases for device #9. After testing the<br />

characteristic impedance <strong>of</strong> the different devices it was clear that they don’t fit<br />

the characteristics shown at low frequencies in fig 4-12b. After analyzing the<br />

expected conductance in the structure, it was obvious that the n-epilayer<br />

conductance for this structure is considerably higher than that <strong>of</strong> previous<br />

structures done on lower doped or dielectric substrates.<br />

141


Based on Hall measurements:<br />

<strong>The</strong> conductivity <strong>of</strong> the n-layer between the ridges is given by<br />

� �<br />

InP(<br />

n)<br />

� n = (1.6E-19 C)(1800cm 2 /Vs)(1E18 1/cm 3 ) = 288 S/cm (0.032S/cm<br />

q n<br />

in Spickermann)<br />

where the Conductance is<br />

Area<br />

GInP( n)<br />

� 2�<br />

InP(<br />

) = 1.469 S (compare with 0.01S in Spickermann)<br />

Length<br />

Where the Length is 16µm; Area = (2.3µm*314µm) for Device #9<br />

Data was taken comparing the characteristic impedance <strong>of</strong> T structures,<br />

smooth CPS lines and lumped rear terminated electrode devices. <strong>The</strong> fit from<br />

the model shown in equations 4.9 and 4.11 are also shown assuming for the Ts<br />

the capacitance per unit length <strong>of</strong> the transmission line is CT = 2.737e-11F/m,<br />

Inductance per unit length is LT = 1.736e-6 H/m and for the smooth CPS Cs =<br />

4.602e-11F/m and Ls = 7.3068e-7H/m with Rpn = 500ohms, R = 0.2 ohms, Cpn<br />

= 0.5pF, Cpara = 0.5pF, LT = 5e-12.<br />

142


Fig 4.13 Lower 4 lines extracted from Device #7 (single side 300�m long electrode)<br />

Middle 4 lines extracted from Device #18 (Smooth CPS 500�m long electrode)<br />

Top 4 lines extracted from Device #7 (CPS Ts 250�m long electrode)<br />

As can be seen in fig 4-13, the characteristic impedance improves for higher<br />

reverse biases on the electrodes – where the depletion region is increased and<br />

the capacitance/unit length decreases. Also, clearly one can see a large<br />

benefit <strong>of</strong> using a T electrode over the smooth CPS lines in terms <strong>of</strong> better<br />

characteristic impedance matching as it is much closer to 50 ohms.<br />

143


4.7 RF LOSS MECHANISMS<br />

High frequency losses stem from three different mechanisms:<br />

1. Dielectric losses<br />

2. Ohmic/conductor losses<br />

3. Radiation loss<br />

<strong>The</strong>se losses can be minimized using a number <strong>of</strong> approaches such as the use<br />

<strong>of</strong> deep trenches between electrodes or thick dielectric layers below the<br />

electrodes – separating them from the substrate. By careful design <strong>of</strong> the<br />

electrodes, minimization <strong>of</strong> longitudinal substrate currents may also reduce the<br />

overall microwave attenuation[435]. Most work is done on Semi-insulating InP<br />

and GaAs – where the bulk <strong>of</strong> the electrical attenuation comes from the<br />

conductor and radiation losses at least below 20GHz [450]. However, typical<br />

SGDBR design is performed on n-InP conducting substrates with lossy InGaAs<br />

contact layers. In this case, the dielectric losses are very high and the lines<br />

become highly dispersive. Also, the capacitance between the two lines<br />

increases dramatically - effectively loading the line – and dropping the<br />

characteristic impedance significantly. Dielectric loss is given by the following<br />

relationship:<br />

�<br />

D<br />

q�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

r<br />

eff<br />

tan�<br />

�<br />

g<br />

144<br />

(Np/m) *27.3 for dB/lamda [4.12]


For a doped semiconductor – the loss tangent can be expressed as[450]:<br />

2�f�"<br />

( f ) � � '(<br />

f )<br />

tan�<br />

( f ) � [4.13]<br />

2�f�<br />

'(<br />

f ) � �"<br />

( f )<br />

where �’ and �” are the real and imaginary parts <strong>of</strong> the complex dielectric<br />

permittivity and �’ and �” are the respective parts <strong>of</strong> the complex conductivity.<br />

Taking the conductivity from the Drude model, we have � = �s/(1-j2�f�m) where<br />

the conductivity can be extracted from Hall measurements.<br />

<strong>The</strong> attenuation drops linearly with increasing metal thickness – up to the point<br />

where the metal depth is 3x skin depth. As the dimensions <strong>of</strong> the transmission<br />

line increase, the attenuation decreases. <strong>The</strong>re seems to be an optimum w/d<br />

point <strong>of</strong> approximately 0.40 for InP with 0.25um <strong>of</strong> gold. If w = 80um that<br />

corresponds to d = 177.8 [405]<br />

In order to match the velocities <strong>of</strong> the electrical and optical waves, one can<br />

manipulate a few parameters – electrode thickness, coplanar gap width, and<br />

distributed capacitance along the line. <strong>The</strong> electrode thickness highly affects<br />

the microwave loss in the structure as shown in fig. 4-14.<br />

145


Microwave Index<br />

20<br />

18<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

2<br />

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16<br />

Electrode Thickness (um)<br />

Loss (dB/cm) 5um<br />

Loss (dB/cm) 10um<br />

Loss (dB/cm) 20um<br />

nload (5um)<br />

nload (10um)<br />

nload (20um)<br />

Fig. 4-14 Microwave index and loss for loaded CPS line [2000pF/m loading] with different<br />

electrode widths varying from 5-20 microns<br />

Clearly an electrode thickness exceeding 2µm is preferable to reduce both the<br />

microwave index and loss. For the work shown here, the p-metal thickness is<br />

approximately 1.5�m. <strong>The</strong> loaded-microwave index drops significantly with<br />

electrode thickness – although as we have shown before, we would like 3.7-<br />

4.2. This does not take into account the change in effective index when the<br />

area between the center conductor and ground are removed – or BCB is<br />

placed below the contacts. Although thickening the electrode improves the<br />

index match, the characteristic impedance is reduced. In order to match the<br />

characteristic impedance and index simultaneously, the capacitance per unit<br />

length <strong>of</strong> the line must be reduced.<br />

146<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

Loss (dB/cm)


Table 4-1<br />

Material Relative<br />

Permittivity<br />

Loss Tangent (tan � ) Typical<br />

Resistivity<br />

InP n 12.4,12.6 5x10-5 20E-4 ohm-cm<br />

InP SI 12.4 1.5E7 ohm-cm<br />

GaAs 12.85 5x10-4<br />

High resistivity Si 11.9 1x10-4 at 30GHz 4000ohm-cm<br />

Standard Si 11.9 4x10-3 at 30GHz 1000ohm-cm<br />

BCB 2.65<br />

Aluminum Nitride 8.9<br />

Conductor loss can be estimated from the unloaded Q factor<br />

�w<br />

�<br />

u �<br />

� �<br />

Z f<br />

� 2 �<br />

[4.14]<br />

Q o<br />

Good up to 2 GHz<br />

above 2 GHz one must keep in mind the dielectric attenuation is mostly<br />

dependent upon the substrate thickness. <strong>The</strong> conductor attenuation coefficient<br />

is minimized at a particular w/s. This conductor attenuation decreases with<br />

dielectric constant. <strong>The</strong> dispersion is lower for smaller waveguide dimensions.<br />

<strong>The</strong> coplanar waveguide design takes into account the dielectric that the lines<br />

reside, the thickness <strong>of</strong> the metal layer to achieve a 50 ohm line. As the lines<br />

are deposited on a multilayer dielectric – not just on the InP surface, one needs<br />

to take into consideration the effective dielectric constant that insues. This can<br />

be calculated analytically using the conformal mapping technique.[407]<br />

147


As discussed earlier, conductor losses are reduced by using wider and thicker<br />

electrodes. However, the characteristic impedance is improved by going to<br />

thinner and narrower electrodes. A compromise was made using 8�m wide<br />

electrodes. <strong>The</strong> gap between the two ridges was designed to be fairly close<br />

(16�m) to shorten the curved waveguides and reduce propagation losses.<br />

LiNbO3 traveling wave modulators usually use CPW transmission lines as<br />

without careful attention to the electrode gap widths have experienced large RF<br />

losses in CPS structures [453]. It has been found [453] that leakage <strong>of</strong> the CPS<br />

modes into substrate modes may occur at fairly low frequencies (11 and<br />

22GHz). This leakage is due to the geometry <strong>of</strong> the device (gaps 0.5mm to<br />

1mm on substrates 0.25-0.5mm thick)<br />

<strong>The</strong> electrical attenuation was measured for different biases – without bias on<br />

the laser or SOA. <strong>The</strong> loss was extracted from the ABCD parameters [see<br />

appendix] after measuring the S parameters <strong>of</strong> the device. <strong>The</strong>se values<br />

compare closely with other similar EAM devices that report losses in the range<br />

15-20dB/mm at 40GHz. <strong>The</strong> microwave loss results with bias are shown in fig.<br />

4-15. As can be seen, the microwave loss decreases considerably with<br />

148


everse bias. This has been attributed to loss due to undepleted material in the<br />

PN junctions 25 .<br />

Fig 4-15 Microwave loss as a function <strong>of</strong> frequency and bias from Device #9<br />

As the PN junction depletes out, the loss becomes dominated by ohmic losses<br />

due to the skin depth in the electrodes.<br />

25 Spickermann Dissertation pp 133<br />

149


4.8 CPS T-ELECTRODE DEVICES<br />

Much work has been done to velocity match traveling wave Mach Zehnder<br />

structures using T-sections that both increase the characteristic Impedance<br />

and the length – thereby reducing the capacitance per unit length – and<br />

providing better matching that results in higher bandwidth.<br />

MZ Phase electrode<br />

SGDBR Laser<br />

Modulator n-contact<br />

Fig. 4-16. T-Electrode SPP-MZ-SOA-SGDBR Transmitter Layout<br />

<strong>The</strong> device layout <strong>of</strong> these devices is shown in fig. 4-16 above.<br />

150<br />

GeAuNiAu<br />

n-contact<br />

Semiconductor Optical<br />

Amplifier


By distributing the capacitance using fins, one can lower the capacitance per<br />

unit length at will. However, as the InP/InGaAsP material has considerable<br />

optical loss, and the mismatch becomes greater between the optical and<br />

electrical waves at longer lengths, the Ts designed in this work did not lengthen<br />

the device much. <strong>The</strong> periodicity <strong>of</strong> the tabs is related to the cut<strong>of</strong>f frequency<br />

for a given phase velocity and width[304].<br />

f<br />

cut<strong>of</strong>f<br />

v<br />

�<br />

2d<br />

where d is the spacing <strong>of</strong> the fins (period) and vphase is the phase velocity.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se Ts are 50µm long with 10µm spacing between as shown in fig. 4-17.<br />

phase<br />

Fig 4-17 TW electrode structure with 50µm Ts with 10µm gaps<br />

151<br />

[4.15]


This approach is only practical when the capacitance per unit length is already<br />

small. For highly capacitively loaded lines – the device length that is required in<br />

order to improve the bandwidth is very large leading to excessive microwave<br />

and optical insertion losses.<br />

In this work a few different CPS transmission line electrode designs were<br />

explored as shown in table 4-2.<br />

Table 4-2 Transmission Line based electrode MZ devices using Dual RF Series Push-pull<br />

drive<br />

Total<br />

Active Electrode<br />

SOA SOA electrode Length Electrode T length<br />

# Config Length length (um) Width (number)<br />

9 Single 400 250 313 8 50(5)<br />

10<br />

Dual 575 400 490.5 8 50(8)<br />

11 Dual 490 500 610 8 50(10)<br />

12 Dual 380 600 734.5 8 50(12)<br />

16 Single 600 400 490.5 8 50(8)<br />

17 Single 500 500 500 15 N/A<br />

18 Single 500 500 500 5 N/A<br />

19 Single 500 500 560 8 100(5)<br />

20 Single 500 500 610 8 50(10)<br />

21 Single 400 600 730.75 8 50(12)<br />

152


4.9 TRAVELING WAVE BANDWIDTH<br />

<strong>The</strong> bandwidth <strong>of</strong> a traveling wave modulator is governed by the difference in<br />

the optical and electrical waves and the overlap factor <strong>of</strong> these two modes, the<br />

frequency dependent attenuation along the device, the termination impedance,<br />

and the length <strong>of</strong> the device. Accounting for both the attenuation and the<br />

optical-electrical matching and assuming that the device is terminated with the<br />

characteristic impedance – the bandwidth can be approximated as[4]:<br />

( ) � �<br />

B f e<br />

�l<br />

/ 2<br />

� 2 ��l<br />

� 2 ��l<br />

��<br />

�sinh<br />

� sin<br />

2 � � � 2 ��<br />

� � � � ��<br />

2<br />

2<br />

��l<br />

� ��l<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� 2 �<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� 2 �<br />

�<br />

2�f<br />

where � � [ n� � no<br />

] [4.16]<br />

c<br />

It is clear from the previous equation that both the attenuation and index<br />

matching are very important to achieve high bandwidth. Although simple, the<br />

above equation does not take into account mismatches in the characteristic<br />

impedance – which is important as it is difficult to reach 50 ohms with such high<br />

loading capacitance.<br />

<strong>The</strong> small-signal modulation response S21 can be modeled accounting for the<br />

opto-electrical velocity mismatch, microwave attenuation, and impedance<br />

mismatch[5].<br />

153


�L( j�<br />

� � ) �<br />

exp<br />

1<br />

exp( ( ) 1<br />

1 ) � �<br />

T �<br />

�<br />

L j�<br />

� � � � �<br />

��<br />

L �<br />

�<br />

S 21 �<br />

�<br />

� �L<br />

exp( �2�<br />

� L)<br />

� �L�S<br />

exp( �2�<br />

� L)<br />

L(<br />

j�<br />

� � � )<br />

( j�<br />

� � �<br />

2<br />

[4.17]<br />

where the amplitude transmission into the modulator is : T � 1�<br />

� , <strong>The</strong><br />

reflection coefficients at the source and the load are given by:<br />

( Z s � Z m )<br />

� S �<br />

[4.18]<br />

( Z � Z )<br />

s<br />

m<br />

( Z L � Z m )<br />

� L �<br />

[4.19]<br />

( Z � Z )<br />

L<br />

Zm is the characteristic impedance <strong>of</strong> the modulator, and Zs and ZL are the<br />

impedances <strong>of</strong> the source and load respectively. <strong>The</strong> propagation constant is<br />

given as:<br />

and the optical Beta coefficient is:<br />

�<br />

�<br />

2�n<br />

� � � � � �<br />

�<br />

m<br />

�<br />

� [4.20]<br />

�o<br />

2�n<br />

�<br />

o � [4.21]<br />

where no is the optical group index, and � is the optical wavelength<br />

4.10 MEASURED BANDWIDTH<br />

Taking the fit data from the characteristic impedance for device 9 as shown in<br />

fig. 4.16, the attenuation coefficient, and microwave index, and assuming the<br />

154<br />

S


optical group index is 3.92 at 1555nm, the model expressed in equation [4.11]<br />

fits the experimental data well. Fig 4-17 shows the small-signal frequency<br />

response <strong>of</strong> two devices, (9 and 16) which have 250µm and 400µm long<br />

electrodes. Both are terminated at the rear with 50 ohms.<br />

Fig. 4-18 Small-signal frequency response for two T-electrode devices at 1555nm -3V bias for a<br />

250�m electrode device (device #9) and 400�m device (device #10)<br />

<strong>The</strong> bandwidth was also explored with a low matching resistor. This was done<br />

with a resistor ladder structure that was fabricated on the carrier – adjacent to<br />

the device as shown in fig. 4-19.<br />

155


Phase electrode<br />

Termination<br />

Resistor<br />

RF Signal Input<br />

n-contact bias<br />

Fig. 4-19 Transmission line electrode configuration Device 17<br />

<strong>The</strong> S21 response with a 35 ohm termination resistor with wirebonds as in fig 4-<br />

19, is shown in fig. 4-20. This is compared with the bandwidth <strong>of</strong> a lumped<br />

electrode device with the same length and the 50 ohm terminated data. As one<br />

might expect, the bandwidth is extended out to close to 40GHz – and some<br />

peaking is observed due to the reflections/standing wave along the electrode<br />

structure.<br />

156


Fig 4.20 Small-signal response for Device #9 as a function <strong>of</strong> termination resistor<br />

As can be seen in fig 4.20, the data fits the traveling wave bandwidth model<br />

very well for the 50ohm termination. In this case, a 50ohm probe was used at<br />

the end <strong>of</strong> the device with a 50ohm termination. <strong>The</strong> 35ohm termination data<br />

was obtained using wirebonds to the carrier in which a resistor ladder was<br />

used. One sees a little more peaking than the model predicts due to the<br />

wirebond impedance discontinuity which leads to a reflection at the end <strong>of</strong> the<br />

device. Note also that there is very little difference in the bandwidth observed<br />

between the counter-propagating and co-propagating bias configurations.<br />

Most likely the traveling wave effect would be more noticeable for longer<br />

157


devices with low termination resistors as has been seen in the literature,<br />

however, this could not be done due to the restraints <strong>of</strong> the resistor ladder.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[400] Jaeger NAF, Rahmatian F, James R, Berolo E. “An AlGaAs/GaAs Mach-<br />

Zehnder modulator using slow-wave coplanar electrodes.” Conference<br />

Proceedings. IEEE Canadian Conference on Electrical and Computer<br />

Engineering (Cat. No.98TH8341). IEEE. Part vol.2, 1998, pp.802-5 vol.2.<br />

[401] Spickermann R, Dagli N. “Experimental analysis <strong>of</strong> millimeter wave<br />

coplanar waveguide slow wave structures on GaAs.” IEEE Transactions<br />

on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.42, no.10, Oct. 1994, pp.1918-<br />

24.<br />

[402] Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits Technology and Design,<br />

Ravender Goyal Pg 224<br />

[403] Jaeger, N.A.F , F. Rahmatian, H. Kato, R. James, E. Berolo, Z. K. F. Lee,<br />

“Velocity Matched Electrodes for Compound Semiconductor Travelling<br />

wave electro-optic modulators: Experimental Results”, IEEE Microwave<br />

and guided wave letters, Vol. 6., No. 2. Feb. 1996.<br />

[404] Ponchak G.E., M. Matloubian, L.P.B. Katehi, “A Measurement-Based<br />

Design Equation for the Attenuation <strong>of</strong> MMIC-Compatable Coplanar<br />

Waveguides”, IEEE. Trans. On Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory and Techn. Vol 47,<br />

No.2, Feb, 99<br />

[405] Haydl WH, Braunstein J, Kitazawa T, Schlechtweg M, Tasker P, Eastman<br />

LF. “Attenuation <strong>of</strong> millimeterwave coplanar lines on gallium arsenide and<br />

indium phosphide over the range 1-60 GHz.” 1992 IEEE MTT-S<br />

International Microwave Symposium Digest (Cat. No.92CH3141-9). IEEE.<br />

1992, pp.349-52 vol.1.<br />

[406] Khazaeil HR, James R, Berolo E, Rahmatian F, Jaeger NAF, Ghannouchi<br />

F. “Novel coplanar-strip slow-wave structure for ultrawide-bandwidth<br />

158


electro-optic modulators.” Microwave & Optical Technology Letters,<br />

vol.15, no.5, 5 Aug. 1997, pp.303-5.<br />

[407] Bedair SS, Wolff I. “Fast, accurate and simple approximate analytic<br />

formulas for calculating the parameters <strong>of</strong> supported coplanar waveguides<br />

for (M)MIC's.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques,<br />

vol.40, no.1, Jan. 1992, pp.41-8.<br />

[408] Jackson RW. “Mode conversion at discontinuities in finite-width<br />

conductor-backed coplanar waveguide.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave<br />

<strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.37, no.10, Oct. 1989, pp.1582-9.<br />

[409] Hilberg W. “From approximations to exact relations for characteristic<br />

impedances.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques,<br />

vol.mtt-17, no.5, May 1969, pp.229-65.<br />

[410] Ponchak GE, Matloubian M, Katehi LPB. “A measurement-based design<br />

equation for the attenuation <strong>of</strong> MMIC-compatible coplanar waveguides.”<br />

IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.47, no.2, Feb.<br />

1999, pp.241-3.<br />

[411] Yip P.C.L, “High-Frequency Circuit Design and Measurement”, Chapman<br />

and Hall, 1990. pg 42-70<br />

[412] Giboney K.S., M. J. W. Rodwell, J. E. Bowers, “Travelling-Wave<br />

Photodetector <strong>The</strong>ory”, IEEE. Trans. on Microwave theory and tech. , Vol<br />

45, No.8., August, 1997.<br />

[413] Zhang S.Z., “Traveling wave Electro-absorption modulators’ UCSB<br />

Dissertation 1996<br />

[414] Ludwig R., P. Bretchko, “RF Circuit Design <strong>The</strong>ory and Applications”,<br />

Prentice Hall, 2000.<br />

[415] Simons R.N., “Coplanar Waveguide Circuits, Components and Systems”,<br />

Wiley Series in Microwave and Optical Engineering, 2001.<br />

[416] Giboney K.S., “Travelling-Wave Photodetectors”, IEEE. Photonics Tech.<br />

Letts., vol. 4 No. 12, Dec. 1992.<br />

[417] Heinrich W. “Quasi-TEM description <strong>of</strong> MMIC coplanar lines including<br />

conductor-loss effects.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory &<br />

Techniques, vol.41, no.1, Jan. 1993, pp.45-52.<br />

159


[418] Collins R.E., “Foundations for Microwave Engineering” Second Ed. IEEE<br />

press series on Electromagnetic wave theory Donald G. Dudley editor,<br />

2001.<br />

[419] Kiziloglu K, Dagli N, Matthaei GL, Long SI. “Experimental analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

transmission line parameters in high-speed GaAs digital circuit<br />

interconnects.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques,<br />

vol.39, no.8, Aug. 1991, pp.1361-7.<br />

[420] Dinesen P.G., A. Bjarklev, T. Rasmussen, C. Lester, “Microwave<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> a traveling wave modulator in polymers employing a<br />

microwave buffer layer for velocity matching”, Electronic Letters, Vol. 31,<br />

No. 2, 19 th , Jan 1995.<br />

[421] Jin H, Belanger M, Jakubczyk Z. “General analysis <strong>of</strong> electrodes in<br />

integrated-optics electrooptic devices.” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum<br />

Electronics, vol.27, no.2, Feb. 1991, pp.243-51.<br />

[422] Zhang X., T. Miyoshi, “Optimum Design <strong>of</strong> Coplanar Waveguide for<br />

LiNbO3 Optical Modulator”, IEEE. Trans. on microwave <strong>The</strong>ory and Tech.<br />

Vol. 43., No.3, March 1995.<br />

[423] Boyu W., X. Guangjun, J. Xiaomin, “Travelling wave electrode<br />

optimization for high speed electro-optic modulators using the Fourier<br />

Series Method”, IEE. Proc.-Optoelectron, Vol. 141, No.6, Dec. 1994.<br />

[424] Gopalakrishnan G.K., W. K. Burns, R. W. McElhanon, C. H. Bulmer, A. S.<br />

Greenblatt, “Performance <strong>of</strong> Modeling <strong>of</strong> BroadBand LiNbO3 Traveling<br />

wave Optical Intensity Modulators”, J. Lightwave tech., vol.12, No.10, Oct.<br />

1994.<br />

[425] Cho W., Y. Lim, Y. Choi, “Bandwidth Limitation Factors and Linear<br />

Characteristics <strong>of</strong> Travelling-wave CPW Electro-absorption Modulators”,<br />

MWP 99 Digest.<br />

[426] Hong I., H. Park, “Quasi-static analysis <strong>of</strong> traveling wave electrodes with<br />

asymmetrical finite thickness for electro-optic modulators”, IEE. Proc.<br />

Optoelectron. Vol. 147. No.2, April 2000.<br />

[427] Svacina J. “Special types <strong>of</strong> coplanar transmission lines suitable up to<br />

MM-wave bands.” Electrical Performance <strong>of</strong> Electronic Packaging (Cat.<br />

No.97TH8318). IEEE. 1997, pp.99-102.<br />

160


[428] Takuchi H., “High Speed Electroabsorption modulators with Travelling-<br />

Wave Electrodes”, <strong>OF</strong>C 2002.<br />

[429] Liou JC, Lau KM. “Analysis <strong>of</strong> slow-wave transmission lines on multilayered<br />

semiconductor structures including conductor loss.” IEEE<br />

Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.41, no.5, May<br />

1993, pp.824-9. .<br />

[430] Kawano K., M. Kohtoku, M. Ueki, T. Ito, S. Kondoh, Y. Noguchi, Y.<br />

Hasumi, “Electrode electroabsorption (TW-EA) modulator with bandwidth<br />

over 50 GHz and driving voltage less than 2V”, Electronic Lett. Vol. No.<br />

1997.<br />

[431] Rao HG, Liu QZ, Kellner AL, Jiang XS, Lau SS, Yu PKL. “Microwave<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> coplanar waveguides on helium-implanted epitaxial p-<br />

InP.” Applied Physics Letters, vol.66, no.15, 10 April 1995, pp.1933-5.<br />

[432] Mesa FL, Cano G, Medina F, Marques R, Horno M. “On the quasi-TEM<br />

and full-wave approaches applied to coplanar multistrip on lossy dielectric<br />

layered media.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques,<br />

vol.40, no.3, March 1992, pp.524-31.<br />

[433] Baker-Jarvis J, Vanzura EJ, Kissick WA. “Improved technique for<br />

determining complex permittivity with the transmission/reflection method.”<br />

IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.38, no.8,<br />

Aug. 1990, pp.1096-103.<br />

[434] Kim, I., M. R.T. Tan, S-Y Wang, “Analysis <strong>of</strong> a New Microwave Low-loss<br />

and Velocity Matched III-V Transmission Line for Traveling wave<br />

Electrooptic Modulators” J. Lightwave Tech. Vol. 8, No.5, May 1990.<br />

[435] Berg H, Gevorgian S. “<strong>The</strong> effect <strong>of</strong> longitudinal substrate currents on the<br />

losses in silicon substrate coplanar-strip and coplanar waveguides.”<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> RF & Microwave Computer-Aided Engineering,<br />

vol.10, no.5, Sept. 2000, pp.284-8.<br />

[436] Zhang SZ, Yi-Jen Chiu, Abraham P, Bowers JE. “Polarization-insensitive<br />

multiple-quantum-well traveling-wave electroabsorption modulators with<br />

18 GHz bandwidth and 1.2 V driving voltage at 1.55 um.” International<br />

Topical Meeting on Microwave Photonics. Technical Digest (including<br />

High Speed Photonics Components Workshop) (Cat. No.98EX181). IEEE.<br />

1998, pp.33-6.<br />

161


[437] Koshiba M., Y. Tsuji, “Design and modeling <strong>of</strong> microwave photonics<br />

devices”, Optical and Quantum Electronics, 30(1998) pp. 995-1003.<br />

[438] Goverdhanam K, Simons RN, Katehi LPB. “Coplanar stripline<br />

propagation characteristics and bandpass filter.” IEEE Microwave &<br />

Guided Wave Letters, vol.7, no.8, Aug. 1997, pp.214-16.<br />

[439] Goverdhanam K, Simons RN, Katehi LPB. “Coplanar stripline<br />

components for high-frequency applications.” IEEE Transactions on<br />

Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.45, no.10, pt.1, Oct. 1997, pp.1725-<br />

9..<br />

[440] Groteluschen Enno, S. L. Dutta , and S. Zaage, “Quasi-analytical<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> the Broadband Properties <strong>of</strong> Multiconducter Transmission<br />

Lines on Semiconducting Substrates” IEEE. Trans. on Components<br />

Packaging and Manufacturing Tech. Part B. , Vol. 17, No. 3, Aug. 1994.<br />

[441] Simons RN, Dib NI, Katehi LPB. ”Coplanar stripline to microstrip<br />

transition.” Electronics Letters, vol.31, no.20, 28 Sept. 1995, pp.1725-6.<br />

[442] Goverdhanam K, Simons RN, Dib N, Katehi LPB. “Coplanar stripline<br />

components for high frequency applications.” 1996 IEEE MTT-S<br />

International Microwave Symposium Digest (Cat. No.96CH35915). IEEE.<br />

Part vol.2, 1996, pp.1193-6 vol.2.<br />

[443] Durr,W., U. Erben, A. Schuppen, H. Dietrich, H. Schumacher,<br />

“Investigation <strong>of</strong> Microstrip and Coplanar Transmission Lines on Lossy<br />

Silicon Substrates Without Backside Metalization”, IEEE. Trans. <strong>of</strong><br />

Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory and Tech. , Vol. 46, No. 5, May 1998.<br />

[444] Morl L., D. H<strong>of</strong>fmann, K. Matzen, C. Bornholdt, G. G. Mekonnen, F.<br />

Reier, “Travelling wave electrodes for 50 GHz Operation <strong>of</strong> Opto-<br />

Electronic devices based on InP” 11 th International Conf. on Indium<br />

Phosphide and Related Materials 16-20 May 1999.<br />

[445] Walker RG, Edge C. “A folded-path GaAs travelling-wave modulator for<br />

phased array receivers.” International Topical Meeting on Microwave<br />

Photonics MWP 2000 (Cat. No.00EX430). IEEE. 2000, pp.113-16.<br />

[446] Ding XZ, Lu Taijing, Ong CK, Tan BTG. “Effects <strong>of</strong> impurity concentration<br />

on dielectric loss in Zn-doped InP at microwave X-band frequencies.”<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Physics, vol.75, no.11, 1 June 1994, pp.7444-7.<br />

162


[447] Jae-Kyung Wee, Young-June Park, Hong-Shick Min, Dae-Hyung Cho,<br />

Man-Ho Seung, Hun-Sug Park. “Modeling the substrate effect in<br />

interconnect line characteristics <strong>of</strong> high-speed VLSI circuits.” IEEE<br />

Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.46, no.10, pt.1, Oct.<br />

1998, pp.1436-43..<br />

[448] Fuster JM, Marti J, Candelas P. “Modeling Mach-Zehnder LiNbO/sub 3/<br />

external modulators in microwave optical systems.” Microwave & Optical<br />

Technology Letters, vol.30, no.2, 20 July 2001, pp.85-90..<br />

[449] Tan MRT, Kim I, Chang J, Wang SY. “Velocity matching <strong>of</strong> III-V travellingwave<br />

electro-optic modulator structures.” Electronics Letters, vol.26, no.1,<br />

4 Jan. 1990, pp.32-3.<br />

[450] Joo-Hiuk Son, Hsi-Huai Wang, Whitaker JF, Mourou GA. “Picosecond<br />

pulse propagation on coplanar striplines fabricated on lossy<br />

semiconductor substrates: modeling and experiments.” IEEE<br />

Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.41, no.9, Sept.<br />

1993, pp.1574-80.<br />

[451] Haydl WH. “Properties <strong>of</strong> meander coplanar transmission lines.” IEEE<br />

Microwave & Guided Wave Letters, vol.2, no.11, Nov. 1992, pp.439-41..<br />

[452] Holloway CL, Kuester EF. ”A quasi-closed form expression for the<br />

conductor loss <strong>of</strong> CPW lines, with an investigation <strong>of</strong> edge shape effects.”<br />

IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.43, no.12,<br />

pt.1, Dec. 1995, pp.2695-701.<br />

[453] Gopalakrishnan GK, Burns WK, Bulmer CH. “Electrical loss mechanisms<br />

in travelling wave LiNbO/sub 3/ optical modulators.” Electronics Letters,<br />

vol.28, no.2, 16 Jan. 1992, pp.207-9.<br />

[454] Spickermann R, Sakamoto SR, Dagli N. “In traveling wave modulators<br />

which velocity to match?” Conference Proceedings. LEOS '96 9th Annual<br />

Meeting. IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society 1996 Annual Meeting<br />

(Cat. No.96CH35895). IEEE. Part vol.2, 1996, pp.97-8 vol.2..<br />

[455] Walker RG. “Broadband (6 GHz) GaAs/AlGaAs electro-optic modulator<br />

with low drive power.” Applied Physics Letters, vol.54, no.17, 24 April<br />

1989, pp.1613-15.<br />

[456] Spickermann R., Sakamoto, S.R., Peters, M. G., Dagli, N. “GaAs/AlGaAs<br />

traveling wave electro-optic modulator with an electrical bandwidth<br />

>40GHz” Electron. Lett., vol. 32, no. 12., June 1996 pp. 1095-1096.<br />

163


[457] Edwards T.C., M.B. Steer, “Foundations <strong>of</strong> Interconnect and Microstrip<br />

Design”, Third Edition, John Wiley and Sons LTD, New York.<br />

[458] Simons RN, Dib NI, Katehi LPB. “Modeling <strong>of</strong> coplanar stripline<br />

discontinuities.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques,<br />

vol.44, no.5, May 1996, pp.711-16.<br />

[459] Lei Zhu, Ke Wu. “Field-extracted lumped-element models <strong>of</strong> coplanar<br />

stripline circuits and discontinuities for accurate radi<strong>of</strong>requency design<br />

and optimization.” IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory &<br />

Techniques, vol.50, no.4, April 2002, pp.1207-15. .<br />

[460] Jager D, Kremer R, Stohr A. “Travelling-wave optoelectronic devices for<br />

microwave applications.” 1995 IEEE MTT-S International Microwave<br />

Symposium Digest (Cat. No.95CH3577-4). IEEE. Part vol.1, 1995,<br />

pp.163-7 vol.1.<br />

[461] Spickermann R. “High speed Gallium Arsenide/Aluminium Gallium<br />

Arsenide traveling wave electo-optic modulators” UCSB Dissertation<br />

1996.<br />

164


Chapter 5<br />

COMPARISON <strong>OF</strong> DEVICE DESIGNS<br />

This chapter compares the performance <strong>of</strong> the devices outlined in the previous<br />

two chapters with respect to modulation efficiency, bandwidth and chirp<br />

characteristics. This work was done on the test setup as shown in fig. 5-1 with<br />

devices soldered down to RF Aluminum Nitride carriers.<br />

Fig. 5-1 Test setup and RF carrier<br />

165


A number <strong>of</strong> authors have proposed figures <strong>of</strong> merit for modulators <strong>of</strong> both the<br />

EAM and Mach-Zehnder varieties in Table 5.1. <strong>The</strong>se merits consider the<br />

electrical bandwidth, drive power requirements, low return loss, optical insertion<br />

loss, and suitability for integration with lasers. Wavelength and temperature<br />

dependence are also a consideration. <strong>The</strong> contrast ratio is important for large<br />

signal modulation. Often Mach-Zehnder and EAM devices, are compared as<br />

Vpi with V10dB. This is not usually a fair comparison however as the MZ<br />

modulator does not need to driven so hard.<br />

Table 5.1- Figures <strong>of</strong> Merit Based on<br />

R. G. Walker [7]<br />

M.K.Chin[9]<br />

� 2R<br />

� fo�<br />

�<br />

�50<br />

� R �<br />

� V<br />

GHz-um/V<br />

� �<br />

� T ; ;<br />

� o<br />

Optimizing the device for the largest<br />

�<br />

� �2 ��<br />

�E<br />

Modulation Bandwidth and<br />

generator voltage.<br />

R is shunt resistance<br />

Change in Transmission<br />

Bandwidth requires the consideration <strong>of</strong> a<br />

VDrive<br />

number <strong>of</strong> parameters as in Table 5.2. <strong>The</strong> bandwidth is a function <strong>of</strong> the<br />

capacitance(Length), S11(Zo), and Termination/Resistance. <strong>The</strong> drive voltage<br />

is a function <strong>of</strong> the Insertion loss/Power, Doping(Length), Waveguide<br />

composition, and termination.<br />

166


Table 5.2 Main Design Parameters<br />

Bandwidth<br />

Doping<br />

Device Length<br />

Device Width<br />

Passivation<br />

Dielectric<br />

constant<br />

Waveguide[Q]<br />

Bandwidth Insertion<br />

Loss<br />

Drive Voltage Wavelength<br />

Dependence<br />

�� � � �<br />

� � � N/A<br />

� � � N/A<br />

� � � N/A<br />

� N/A N/A N/A<br />

�for TW � � �<br />

For analog applications, the modulation depth is low and RF gain is <strong>of</strong> utmost<br />

concern, the modulator maximum phase shift per unit length per volt is a fairly<br />

� �<br />

good metric. [3] One can also compare devices simply as the change in<br />

VaL<br />

transmission divided by the voltage to make this change (dB/V).[8] – This<br />

value changes quite a bit over the modulation extinction curve, however could<br />

be compared at Vpi/2. Also, MZ modulators <strong>of</strong>ten are compared with phase<br />

shift efficiency and the chirp parameter.<br />

167


Phase shift efficiency<br />

��<br />

�neff<br />

2�<br />

� � �<br />

[5.1]<br />

VL �V<br />

�neff<br />

( real)<br />

2��<br />

Chirp Parameter � chirp �<br />

�<br />

[5.2]<br />

�n<br />

( imag)<br />

��L<br />

For InGaAs MQW structures efficiencies <strong>of</strong> approximately 12 deg/Vmm have<br />

been reported [3].<br />

In a real digital communications application, a device would need to exceed a<br />

set <strong>of</strong> specifications typically for output power, drive voltage, RF extinction, and<br />

chirp parameter. It would be best to compare different devices with respect to<br />

a particular output power and extinction (10dB RF). This is difficult to compare.<br />

As in this case as each design has a different output power and none <strong>of</strong> them<br />

meet a 10dBm fiber coupled output power specification. <strong>The</strong> output power has<br />

a large influence on the required drive voltage as illustrated in fig. 5-2.<br />

168<br />

eff


Fig 5-2 Reduction in drive voltage for high output power. Assumes 0dBm max power required<br />

with -20dBm <strong>of</strong>f state power<br />

For a given output power specification (in this case 0dBm), if the transmitter<br />

can output more power than necessary, the drive voltage can be significantly<br />

lower than Vpi. In fact, for a doubling <strong>of</strong> output power either by increasing the<br />

gain <strong>of</strong> the SOAs/SGDBR or reducing the insertion loss in the modulator, the<br />

drive voltage is only ½ <strong>of</strong> the Vpi value. This point is rarely considered in<br />

figures <strong>of</strong> merit. As the laser is integrated – and cannot be simply swapped out<br />

for a higher power laser, high output power is very important.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> this, Vpi overestimates the actual drive voltage requirements – in<br />

some cases considerably. However, it does give a metric to compare different<br />

169


modulator designs more independently from the output power so DC extinction<br />

was measured for each device to base a comparison.<br />

5.1 MODULATION EFFICIENCY<br />

<strong>The</strong> different devices are compared with respect to Vpi as a function <strong>of</strong> input<br />

power into each branch <strong>of</strong> the MZ (measured from photocurrent as seen in<br />

Chapter 3) and wavelength. As can be seen in fig. 5-1A&B, the drive voltage is<br />

highly dependent on optical power. As the optical power increases, photon<br />

induced carrier recombination occurs in the modulator electrode region – which<br />

generates heat and the localized waveguide bandgap shrinks – giving<br />

enhanced absorption and index change.<br />

170


Fig. 5.3 Comparison <strong>of</strong> different modulator designs with respect to Vpi as a function <strong>of</strong> optical<br />

power into modulator branch. λ = 1554nm SOA = 100mA<br />

Devices with Dual SOAs have more optical power incident to the modulator –<br />

giving both more heating in the modulator and more optical power due to the<br />

improvement in the saturation power. <strong>The</strong> lowest Vpi was exhibited for a<br />

500µm device with Ts and Dual SOAs 26 .<br />

26 Device 20<br />

171


Clearly this is a non-linear effect as the shorter devices – which heat up more -<br />

are more efficient modulators when normalized with respect to length. Also,<br />

the lowest values – were for T electrode devices with Dual SOAs which yielded<br />

considerably less photocurrent at the peak.<br />

<strong>The</strong> extinction curves were measured for different wavelengths as illustrated in<br />

fig. 5-4.<br />

Fig. 5-4 DC extinction curve for a 200µm long lumped MZ for three different wavelengths<br />

172


Figure 5-4 shows the wavelength dependence <strong>of</strong> the DC extinction curves for a<br />

200um long device. As there is more gain for centered wavelengths, the<br />

curve peak is higher at 1564nm. Note that the residual power at 0V is highly<br />

dependent on the coupling <strong>of</strong> the fiber (angle and distance) so some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

variance is due to coupling and some is due to the different extinction due to<br />

phase bias differences.<br />

In Fig 5-5, the DC extinction Vpi was measured for different optical powers<br />

going into the modulator at different wavelengths.<br />

Fig 5-5 Vpi for 200µm long device as a function <strong>of</strong> optical input power to one branch and<br />

wavelength<br />

173


<strong>The</strong> SOA bias was varied from 20mA to 150mA. <strong>The</strong> logarithmic optical power<br />

dependence is considerably larger than the wavelength dependence <strong>of</strong> Vpi –<br />

indicating a large change in temperature within the device since the optical<br />

power is high in this integrated device.<br />

5.2 RF EXTINCTION <strong>OF</strong> DEVICES<br />

<strong>The</strong> RF extinction was measured at 10Gbit/s with a PRBS 2 7 -1 as a function <strong>of</strong><br />

wavelength for various peak-to-peak voltage outputs with the ‘0’ level at the null<br />

<strong>of</strong> the modulator characteristic. Although the DC extinction for each device<br />

has been demonstrated in the previous section, under RF modulation not as<br />

much heating takes place and photocurrent competition occurs – making the<br />

modulation not as efficient. Also, in order to have high speed, a parallel<br />

resistor is used – in which less current flows through the device. As can be<br />

seen in fig 5-6ab, there is much more wavelength dependence with a single-<br />

ended drive.<br />

174


Fig 5-6a 250µm Single ended drive RF extinction at 10Gbit/s PRBS 2 7 -1 for various<br />

wavelengths<br />

Fig. 5-6b 250µm lumped series push-pull with 50 ohms in parallel<br />

175


As the operation <strong>of</strong> the device is limited by the worst channel, there is a factor<br />

<strong>of</strong> two improvement by using series-push-pull for a wide wavelength range. As<br />

there is more photocurrent generated at lower wavelengths even though there<br />

is also more index shift and absorption – the drive is opposing this<br />

photocurrent, and the RF extinction tends to be superior for the longer<br />

wavelengths. In the series push-pull case, one branch opposes the<br />

photocurrent and one is in the same direction – giving less wavelength<br />

sensitivity. Clearly the devices are temperature sensitive. Taking the change<br />

in index as a function <strong>of</strong> voltage from fig. 3-6 one can estimate the drive voltage<br />

for different optical powers as shown in fig. 5.7.<br />

Fig 5.7 RF Vpi at 10Gbit/s – model taken from DC extinction data in fig 3-6 for different optical<br />

powers.<br />

176


<strong>The</strong> modeled data is compared to piecewise measured RF Voltages using<br />

10Gbit/s BERT with maximum <strong>of</strong> Vpp <strong>of</strong> 2V. As can be seen on the plots, at RF<br />

the modulator does not heat up as much and the voltage is higher than one<br />

would expect from looking at DC characteristics alone. Also shown on the plot<br />

is a comparison <strong>of</strong> Vpi with different terminations 27 . As one would expect,<br />

unterminated the drive voltage is much lower due to reflections <strong>of</strong>f the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the stub – and more interaction with the modulator. Also, using a low<br />

termination <strong>of</strong> 25 ohms degrades the Vpi but it is not linear related to the<br />

bandwidth enhancement <strong>of</strong> low termination.<br />

27 Performed on device #20<br />

177


5.3 BANDWIDTH COMPARISON<br />

<strong>The</strong> main trends <strong>of</strong> the bandwidth are shown in fig. 5-8. Extrapolated curves<br />

go through the single side modulation, and the SPP modulation from data in fig.<br />

4-3 with 50 ohm front side termination.<br />

Fig 5-8 Small-signal optical response for different modulator designs. 50ohm termination<br />

Devices with Ts and end-50ohm termination have even better performance due<br />

to the improved characteristic impedance mismatch and traveling wave design.<br />

Using low termination resistors would enhance the bandwidth further as was<br />

discussed in Chap 4.<br />

178


5.4 CHIRP MEASUREMENTS<br />

Although direct modulation <strong>of</strong> the SGDBR <strong>of</strong>fers a simple solution as a<br />

transmitter, as noted before, the chirp parameter is positive and ranges from<br />

approximately 3-9[330] over the C-Band. Chirp in Externally Modulated<br />

Lasers(EML) is caused by the electro-optic effect in the modulator, electrical<br />

crosstalk between the laser sections and the modulator and from reflected<br />

optical power[505]. Residual feedback from the output facet induces chirp and<br />

relaxation oscillations – resulting in a lower transmission distance (between<br />

repeaters). In order to provide an adequate transmission distance –<br />

particularly at higher bit rates, one desires a chirp parameter that is slightly<br />

negative – usually in the range <strong>of</strong> 0 to -1 for 10Gbit/s operation[515] as was<br />

shown in the introduction.<br />

5.5 CHIRP MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES<br />

Chirp can be measured with a few different techniques. One <strong>of</strong> the easiest<br />

ways is the Gated-Delayed Self-Heterodyne (GDSH) technique. This setup<br />

consists <strong>of</strong> a modulated laser with a gated sinusoidal signal where the output is<br />

connected to a fiber interferometer similar to that <strong>of</strong> the linewidth measurement<br />

in Chap. 1. One arm has a delay <strong>of</strong> approximately 3.5µs. Both signals are<br />

combined and measured using an RF spectrum analyzer.<br />

179


For a Mach-Zehnder modulator, the chirp can be expressed from the intensity<br />

and phase <strong>of</strong> the output signal.<br />

2<br />

2<br />

Where � �1���2�cos( �1<br />

��<br />

2<br />

4<br />

i E<br />

I � [5.3]<br />

�1�<br />

sin�<br />

�<br />

1 � � sin�<br />

2<br />

� � tan �<br />

�<br />

[5.4]<br />

�cos�1<br />

� � cos�<br />

2 �<br />

2<br />

�'1<br />

��<br />

�'<br />

2 ��<br />

( �'1<br />

��'<br />

2 ) cos( �1<br />

� �2<br />

)<br />

� � [5.5]<br />

� � ( �'<br />

��'<br />

) sin( � � � )<br />

2<br />

V1<br />

� � V2<br />

��<br />

( V1<br />

�V2<br />

� �<br />

��<br />

( V �V<br />

) sin<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

) cos��(<br />

V1<br />

�V2<br />

) sin�t<br />

��Vb<br />

�<br />

��( V �V<br />

) sin�t<br />

��V<br />

�<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

b<br />

[5.6]<br />

so for the small-signal regime[516]<br />

2<br />

V1<br />

� � V2<br />

� � [5.7]<br />

� V �V<br />

)<br />

( 1 2<br />

However, the self-heterodyne method only gives the magnitude <strong>of</strong> the chirp<br />

parameter. Alternatively, one can measure the magnitude and sign <strong>of</strong> the chirp<br />

parameter using a network analyzer as discussed in [514,520] where the<br />

resonant frequencies <strong>of</strong> the fiber frequency response as measured from the<br />

network analyzer[514].<br />

2 c � 2 �<br />

fu L � �1�<br />

2u<br />

� arctan( �)<br />

2<br />

� [5.8]<br />

2D�<br />

� � �<br />

where � is the chirp parameter, � is the wavelength, u is the number <strong>of</strong> the minimum in the<br />

response, D is the Dispersion parameter <strong>of</strong> the fiber, L is the length <strong>of</strong> the fiber<br />

180


Chirp Parameter<br />

2<br />

0<br />

-2<br />

-4<br />

-6<br />

Alpha 1525nm<br />

Alpha 1545nm<br />

(Power (dBm) 1525nm<br />

Power (dBm) 1545nm<br />

-8<br />

-35<br />

-4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0<br />

Arm #1 DC Bias (V)<br />

Fig. 5-9 Chirp Parameter as a function <strong>of</strong> DC extinction curve for pi-shifted case with 550µm<br />

device (1.38um waveguide) Generation1 device<br />

As can seen by fig. 5-9, with a one-sided modulation scheme – with a pi-shift<br />

configuration, the device exhibits negative chirp. In the small-signal regime, the<br />

chirp parameter can be expressed as[541]:<br />

-5<br />

-10<br />

-15<br />

-20<br />

-25<br />

-30<br />

Output Power (dBm)<br />

d<br />

I<br />

dI<br />

�<br />

� � 2<br />

[5.9]<br />

where I is the intensity and � is phase. This means that at the maximum in the<br />

output power curve, we have high chirp since the change in intensity is<br />

minimal. It is the chirp in the ‘on’ state that affects the transmission<br />

performance – and this is <strong>of</strong>ten refered to as the 3dB rule[515]. When the<br />

device is ‘<strong>of</strong>f’ – the chirp parameter is slightly positive and increasingly negative<br />

as the modulation depth is increased close to the maximum output power. A<br />

push-pull scheme lowers this negative chirp so that the modulation depth can<br />

181


e increased further. This was measured for a 250µm long device as shown in<br />

fig. 5-10.<br />

Fig 5-10 small-signal chirp parameter for inverting and non-inverting operation for parallel pushpull<br />

and single-sided drive<br />

Although examining the small-signal chirp parameter is illustrative <strong>of</strong> the<br />

dynamic device operation, performance under large signal operation is<br />

preferred. A time-resolved or dynamic measurement <strong>of</strong> the chirp parameter<br />

can be achieved using a setup utilizing an optical filter which is either a Fabry-<br />

Perot etalon, waveguide grating router, Mach-Zehnder interferometer[542] or<br />

Optical Spectrum Analyzer monochromator and high-speed oscilloscope[505].<br />

By using this setup – one can see dynamically how the frequency shifts on the<br />

rising and falling edge during modulation at 10Gbit/s.<br />

182


Fig 5-11 Dynamic chirp measurement demonstrating how a chirp parameter <strong>of</strong> -0.7 can be<br />

achieved by adjusting the gain in the two branches <strong>of</strong> the MZ performed at 10 Gbit/s<br />

<strong>The</strong> alpha parameter can be changed by varying the power in the two<br />

branches – either with gain using SOAs or loss with the passive sections. It is<br />

fairly easy to achieve 0 chirp using a SPP electrode structure, however if<br />

negative chirp is desired, it is easier to use a single sided drive modulation as<br />

shown in fig 5-11.<br />

183


5.7 LINEARIZATION <strong>OF</strong> MODULATORS<br />

For analog modulation, a high degree <strong>of</strong> linearization is desired to maintain<br />

the dynamic range <strong>of</strong> a photonic link. Mach-Zehnder modulators generally<br />

exhibit nonlinear transfer characteristics. Fiber optic RF links require<br />

sufficient linearity for applications such as satellite communications, radar,<br />

CATV, and others. A number <strong>of</strong> different techniques have been employed to<br />

achieve linearity using external modulators. Approaches have included the<br />

use <strong>of</strong> directional coupler modulators[524], Mach Zehnder modulators[525],<br />

and Electro-absorption modulators[526] and combinations <strong>of</strong> these in dual<br />

parallel and series configurations[5]. Alternatively, electrical linearization can<br />

be performed using optical negative feedback, phase-shift modulation, feed-<br />

forward or pre-distortion techniques although an all optical scheme avoids<br />

complicated electrical circuits and their frequency responses.<br />

<strong>The</strong> combination <strong>of</strong> multiple modulators allows for modification <strong>of</strong> the nonlinear<br />

response <strong>of</strong> either – to cancel out the nonlinearity <strong>of</strong> the total response. A<br />

series combination will decrease the bandwidth. <strong>The</strong> null in the third-derivative<br />

occurs at Vpi for a Mach-Zehnder and at a bias with significant modulation<br />

efficiency for a Franz-Keldysh EAM[2]. This leads to the increase in SFDR<br />

without sacrificing power – for high gain links.<br />

184


For narrowband applications (< 1 octave) the Spur free dynamic range is<br />

governed by only the odd order inter-modulation terms- however for broadband<br />

applications all harmonics and orders <strong>of</strong> inter-modulation distortion must be<br />

considered. [2]. Spur-free dynamic range (SFDR) is defined as the range <strong>of</strong><br />

input powers over which the output power at the carrier frequency is above the<br />

noise floor while the third-order distortion products remain below the noise<br />

floor.<br />

Fig 5.12 Fundamental signals (500MHz) and 3 rd order distortion signals<br />

When a two-tone RF signal is applied, the bias voltage is given by:<br />

� V � � m (cos�<br />

t � cos�<br />

t)<br />

� [5.10]<br />

V b 1 o 1<br />

2<br />

where mo is the modulation depth and Vb is the dc bias voltage [5].<br />

185


<strong>The</strong> inter-modulation distortion is highly dependent on the bias conditions as<br />

shown in fig. 5-13.<br />

Detected Power (dBm)<br />

0<br />

-20<br />

-40<br />

-60<br />

-80<br />

Fundamental<br />

Second harmonic<br />

Third harmonic<br />

Optical Power<br />

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3<br />

Reverse bias (V)<br />

Fig 5-13. Detected average optical power and RF power <strong>of</strong> fundamental and distortion<br />

products for 0 dBm modulation power.<br />

<strong>The</strong> narrowband SFDR was measured for device #5, at 500MHz with a<br />

optimized phase section bias.<br />

186


Output RF Power, dBm<br />

20<br />

0<br />

-20<br />

-40<br />

-60<br />

-80<br />

-100<br />

-120<br />

-140<br />

-160<br />

�=1551.30 nm<br />

f=0.5GHz<br />

fundamental<br />

SFDR=112dB-Hz 2/3<br />

IIP3=25.2dBm<br />

3rd-order distortion<br />

-140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20<br />

Input RF Power, dBm<br />

Fig. 5-14 Spur-free dynamic range measured on device #5 SOA = 100mA Gain = 100mA<br />

Phase = 1.2mA Modulator bias = -1V<br />

<strong>The</strong>se results demonstrate that fairly good linearity can be obtained for<br />

optimized bias points.<br />

187


REFERENCES<br />

[500] Saavedra AA, Rigole P-J, Goobar E, Schatz R, Nilsson S. Amplitude and<br />

frequency modulation characteristics <strong>of</strong> widely tunable GCSR lasers.<br />

IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.10, no.10, Oct. 1998, pp.1383-5.<br />

[501] D. A. Neamen, “Semiconductor Physics and Devices Basic Principles<br />

Second edition” Irwin, Chicago 1997.<br />

[502] Nishimoto H, Okiyama T, Kuwata N, Arai Y, Miyauchi A, Touge T. “New<br />

method analyzing eye patterns and its application to high-speed optical<br />

transmission system.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.6, no.5, May<br />

1988, pp.678-85..<br />

[503] Cartledge JC, Debregeas H, Rolland C. “Dispersion compensation for 10<br />

Gb/s lightwave systems based on a semiconductor Mach-Zehnder<br />

modulator.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.7, no.2, Feb. 1995,<br />

pp.224-6.<br />

[504 Adams DM, Rolland C, Fekecs A, McGhan D, Somani A, Bradshaw S,<br />

Poirier M, Dupont E, Cremer E, Anderson K. “1.55 um transmission at 2.5<br />

Gbit/s over 1102 km <strong>of</strong> NDSF using discrete and monolithically integrated<br />

InGaAsP-InP Mach-Zehnder modulator and DFB laser.” Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.34, no.8, 16 April 1998, pp.771-3.<br />

[505] Agilent 86146B-DPC Time Resolved Chirp Application User’s Guide<br />

2001.<br />

[506] Saavedra AA, Rigole P-J, Goobar E, Schatz R, Nilsson S. “Relative<br />

intensity noise and linewidth measurements <strong>of</strong> a widely tunable GCSR<br />

laser.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.10, no.4, April 1998,<br />

pp.481-3.<br />

[507] Henry CH. “<strong>The</strong>ory <strong>of</strong> the linewidth <strong>of</strong> semiconductor lasers.” IEEE<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.QE-18, no.2, Feb. 1982, pp.259-64.<br />

[508] Arnaud J. “Natural linewidth <strong>of</strong> semiconductor lasers.” IEE Proceedings-J<br />

Optoelectronics, vol.134, no.1, Feb. 1987, pp.2-6.<br />

[509] Osinski M, Buus J. “Linewidth broadening factor in semiconductor lasersan<br />

overview.” IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.QE-23, no.1, Jan.<br />

1987, pp.9-29.<br />

188


[510] Harder C., K. Vahala, A. Yariv, “Measurement <strong>of</strong> the Linewidth<br />

Enhancement Factor <strong>of</strong> semiconductor lasers”, Appl. Phys. Lett., vol 42,<br />

no. 15, pp.328-330, Feb. 1983.<br />

[511] M. Aoki, K. Uom, T. Tsuchiya, S. Sasaki, M. Okai, N. Chinone, “DFB<br />

Laser”, IEEE. J. Quantum Electron. , Vol. 27, no.2, pp.1782, Feb. 1991.<br />

[512] Amann M-C, Schimpe R. “Excess linewidth broadening in wavelengthtunable<br />

laser diodes.” Electronics Letters, vol.26, no.5, 1 March 1990,<br />

pp.279-80.<br />

[513] Wang SJ, Dutta NK. “Intermodulation and harmonic distortion in GaInAsP<br />

distributed feedback lasers.” Electronics Letters, vol.25, no.13, 22 June<br />

1989, pp.850-2.<br />

[514] Devaux F, Sorel Y, Kerdiles JF. “Simple measurement <strong>of</strong> fiber dispersion<br />

and <strong>of</strong> chirp parameter <strong>of</strong> intensity modulated light emitter.” Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Lightwave Technology, vol.11, no.12, Dec. 1993, pp.1937-40.<br />

[515] Dorgeuille F, Devaux F. “On the transmission performances and the<br />

chirp parameter <strong>of</strong> a multiple-quantum-well electroabsorption modulator.”<br />

IEEE Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantum Electronics, vol.30, no.11, Nov. 1994, pp.2565-<br />

72. .<br />

[516] Hoon Kim, Gnauck AH. “Chirp characteristics <strong>of</strong> dual-drive. Mach-<br />

Zehnder modulator with a finite DC extinction ratio.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.14, no.3, March 2002, pp.298-300.<br />

[517] Sung Kee Kim, Mizuhara O, Park YK, Tzeng LD, Kim YS, Jichai Jeong.<br />

“<strong>The</strong>oretical and experimental study <strong>of</strong> 10 Gb/s transmission performance<br />

using 1.55 um LiNbO/sub 3/-based transmitters with adjustable extinction<br />

ratio and chirp.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.17, no.8, Aug.<br />

1999, pp.1320-5.<br />

[518] Devaux F, Sorel Y, Kerdiles JF. “Chirp measurement and transmission<br />

experiment at 10 Gbit/s with Wannier-Stark modulator.” Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.29, no.9, 29 April 1993, pp.814-16.<br />

[519] Fells JAJ, White IH, Gibbon MA, Penty RV, Thompson GHB, Wright AP,<br />

Saunders RA, Armistead CJ. “Controlling the chirp in electroabsorption<br />

modulators under digital modulation.” Electronics Letters, vol.30, no.24,<br />

24 Nov. 1994, pp.2066-7.<br />

189


[520] Srinivasan RC, Cartledge JC. “On using fiber transfer functions to<br />

characterize laser chirp and fiber dispersion.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.7, no.11, Nov. 1995, pp.1327-9.<br />

[521] Zadok A, Shalom H, Tur M, Cornwell WD, Andonovic I. “Spectral shift<br />

and broadening <strong>of</strong> DFB lasers under direct modulation.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.10, no.12, Dec. 1998, pp.1709-11.<br />

[522] Koch TL, Corvini PJ. “Semiconductor laser chirping-induced dispersive<br />

distortion in high-bit-rate optical fiber communications systems.” IEEE<br />

International Conference on Communications '88: Digital Technology -<br />

Spanning the Universe. Conference Record (Cat. No.88CH2538-7). IEEE.<br />

1988, pp.584-7 vol.2.<br />

[523] Cummings UV, Bridges WB. “Bandwidth <strong>of</strong> linearized electrooptic<br />

modulators.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.16, no.8, Aug. 1998,<br />

pp.1482-90..<br />

[524] Cox CH III, Betts GE, Johnson LM. “An analytic and experimental<br />

comparison <strong>of</strong> direct and external modulation in analog fiber-optic links.”<br />

IEEE Transactions on Microwave <strong>The</strong>ory & Techniques, vol.38, no.5, May<br />

1990, pp.501-9.<br />

[525] Welstand RB, Sun CK, Liu YZ, Pappert SK, Zhu JT, Chen JM, Yu PKL.<br />

“High dynamic range in electroabsorption modulator for analog links.”<br />

SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. Proceedings <strong>of</strong> Spie - the International Society<br />

for Optical Engineering, vol.2560, 1995, pp.44-9. USA.<br />

[526] Farwell ML, Lin Z-Q, Wooten E, Chang WSC. “An electrooptic intensity<br />

modulator with improved linearity.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters,<br />

vol.3, no.9, Sept. 1991, pp.792-5. USA.<br />

[527] Lam JF, Tangonan GL. A novel optical modulator system with enhanced<br />

linearization properties.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.3, no.12,<br />

Dec. 1991, pp.1102-4.<br />

[528] Sung-Il Sohn, Sang-Kook Han. “Linear optical modulation in a serially<br />

cascaded electroabsorption modulator.” Microwave & Optical Technology<br />

Letters, vol.27, no.6, 20 Dec. 2000, pp.447-50. .<br />

[529] Cummings UV, Bridges WB. “Effects <strong>of</strong> velocity mismatch and transit time<br />

on linearized electro-optic modulators.” Conference Proceedings. LEOS<br />

'96 9th Annual Meeting. IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society 1996<br />

190


Annual Meeting (Cat. No.96CH35895). IEEE. Part vol.2, 1996, pp.174-5<br />

vol.2. .<br />

[530] Bridges WB, Cummings UV, Schaffner JH. “Linearized modulators for<br />

analog photonic links.” International Topical Meeting on Microwave<br />

Photonics. MWP '96 Technical Digest. Satellite Workshop (Cat.<br />

No.96TH8153). IEEE. 1996, pp.61-4.<br />

[531] Price AJ, Pierre L, Uhel R, Havard V. “210 km repeaterless 10 Gb/s<br />

transmission experiment through nondispersion-shifted fiber using partial<br />

response scheme.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.7, no.10, Oct.<br />

1995, pp.1219-21.<br />

[532] Devaux F. “Optimum prechirping conditions <strong>of</strong> externally modulated<br />

lasers for transmission on standard fibre.” IEE Proceedings<br />

Optoelectronics, vol.141, no.6, Dec. 1994, pp.363-6.<br />

[533] Cartledge JC. “Combining self-phase modulation and optimum<br />

modulation conditions to improve the performance <strong>of</strong> 10-Gb/s<br />

transmission systems using MQW Mach-Zehnder modulators.” Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Lightwave Technology, vol.18, no.5, May 2000, pp.647-55.<br />

[534] Jackson MK, Smith VM, Hallam WJ, Maycock JC. “Optically linearized<br />

modulators: chirp control for low-distortion analog transmission.” Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.15, no.8, Aug. 1997, pp.1538-45.<br />

[535] Cartledge JC. “Optimizing the bias and modulation voltages <strong>of</strong> MQW<br />

Mach-Zehnder modulators for 10 Gb/s transmission on nondispersion<br />

shifted fiber.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.17, no.7, July 1999,<br />

pp.1142-51.<br />

[536] Laliew C, Lovseth SW, Xiaobo Zhang, Gopinath A. “A linearized optical<br />

directional-coupler modulator at 1.3 um.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.18, no.9, Sept. 2000, pp.1244-9.<br />

[537] Elrefaie AF, Wagner RE, Atlas DA, Daut DG. “Chromatic dispersion<br />

limitations in coherent lightwave transmission systems.” Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Lightwave Technology, vol.6, no.5, May 1988, pp.704-9.<br />

[538] Simons RN, Goverdhanam LK, Katehi LPB. “Novel low loss wide-band<br />

multi-port integrated circuit technology for RF/microwave applications.”<br />

2001 Topical Meeting on Silicon Monolithic Integrated Circuits in RF<br />

Systems. Digest <strong>of</strong> Papers (IEEE Cat. No.01EX496). IEEE. 2001, pp.60-<br />

3.<br />

191


[539] Nakamoto H, Akiyama Y, Matsuda M, Yamaji K, Kotaki Y, Hajikano Y,<br />

Kubota M, Machida H, Hamano H. “10-Gbit/s single mode fibre<br />

transmission using a negative-chirp modulator integrated DFB-LD<br />

transmitter and APD receiver.” 11th International Conference on<br />

Integrated Optics and Optical Fibre Communications 23rd European<br />

Conference on Optical Communications IOOC-ECOC 97 (Conf. Publ.<br />

No.448). IEE. Part vol.1, 1997, pp.7-10 vol.1.<br />

[540] Fells JAJ, Gibbon MA, White IH, Thompson GHB, Penty RV, Armistead<br />

CJ, Kimber EM, Moule DJ, Thrush EJ. “Transmission beyond the<br />

dispersion limit using a negative chirp electroabsorption modulator.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.30, no.14, 7 July 1994, pp.1168-9.<br />

[541] Koyama F, Oga K. “Frequency chirping in external modulators.” Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.6, no.1, Jan. 1988, pp.87-93.<br />

[542] Laverdiere C, Fekecs A, Tetu M. “A new method for measuring timeresolved<br />

frequency chirp <strong>of</strong> high bit rate sources.” IEEE Photonics<br />

Technology Letters, vol.15, no.3, March 2003, pp.446-8.<br />

[543] Shinhee Won, Jaehoon Lee, Yonghoon Kim, Seongha Kim, Jichai Jeong.<br />

“Performance limits <strong>of</strong> 10-Gb/s optical duobinary transmissions using<br />

reduced bandwidth single-arm Mach-Zehnder modulators considering<br />

residual chirp and dc-bias <strong>of</strong>fset.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters,<br />

vol.15, no.3, March 2003, pp.479-81.<br />

[544] Welstand RB, Zhu JT, Chen WX, Clawson AR, Yu PKL, Pappert SA.<br />

“Combined Franz-Keldysh and quantum-confined Stark effect waveguide<br />

modulator for analog signal transmission.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave<br />

Technology, vol.17, no.3, March 1999, pp.497-502.<br />

[545] Welstand RB, Sun CK, Pappert SA, Liu YZ, Chen JM, Zhu JT, Kellner<br />

AL, Yu PKL. “Enhanced linear dynamic range property <strong>of</strong> Franz-Keldysh<br />

effect waveguide modulator.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.7,<br />

no.7, July 1995,<br />

192


Chapter 6<br />

CONCLUSIONS AND FUTURE WORK<br />

Although the device performance shown here rivals some <strong>of</strong> the best discrete<br />

components, there are always improvements that could be done to enhance<br />

the performance further. Higher output power will improve the transmitter<br />

characteristics markedly as not only will the heating in the modulator make it<br />

more efficient, but the required drive voltage will be reduced considerably. A<br />

less conservative SGDBR design would give higher output power and more<br />

efficiency in the modulator. Alternatively, using longer SOAs or enhancing the<br />

saturation power by widening the ridges would improve the output power.<br />

Using a QWI integration platform would improve the gain <strong>of</strong> the material with<br />

centered wells – which improves the laser at the expense <strong>of</strong> the SOA<br />

saturation characteristics. Using the quantum well-intermixing platform would<br />

allow for more than 2 bandgaps - providing low loss waveguides in the passive<br />

regions and higher efficiency in the modulator electrode region.<br />

Although much better matching <strong>of</strong> Zo than many CPW TW EAMs, neither the<br />

characteristic impedance or the microwave index are completely matched –<br />

and this can be improved further by reducing the capacitance <strong>of</strong> the PN<br />

junction as the parasitics are quite low using BCB and a SI substrate. Using a<br />

193


slightly lower doped waveguide would give a better confinement factor as the<br />

depletion region would move out and overlap more with the optical mode.<br />

Also, integration <strong>of</strong> the termination resistor would make testing easier – and<br />

remove the electrical reflections inherent in wirebonds/ribbonbonds.<br />

Based on Vpi RF and bandwidth measurements, rear termination seems to be<br />

superior due to the reduced microwave reflections at the input. This along with<br />

a low resistance termination – gives an enhancement in the S21 characteristics<br />

without reducing the drive voltage as much. More modeling <strong>of</strong> the microwave<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> these devices – and loaded transmission lines – that give the<br />

desired index and characteristic impedance is needed.<br />

As can be seen in fig. 6-1, the current power management shows that we have<br />

approximately 20mW output from the SGDBR untuned – which is amplified<br />

approximately 5-7dB depending on the SOA length – then is attenuated around<br />

5dB. This means that the SOA compensates mostly for the insertion loss <strong>of</strong><br />

the modulator. Unfortunately, with the lensed fiber this 20mW quickly becomes<br />

5mW fiber coupled. <strong>The</strong> integration <strong>of</strong> a mode converter would make this<br />

design more in-line with typical supplier requirements <strong>of</strong> 10mW fiber coupled<br />

output power.<br />

194


SGDBR<br />

�20mW<br />

SOA<br />

�60mW<br />

+5dB -5dB<br />

�20mW<br />

Fig. 6-1 Power management through the device.<br />

�5mW fiber<br />

coupled<br />

Going to a shorter electrode will have a prohibitively high drive voltage >8V RF.<br />

This doesn’t seem to be a good option unless the device is coupled with more<br />

output power or a higher Q waveguide used to make the device more efficient<br />

although it is more wavelength dependent. Another possibility is the use <strong>of</strong><br />

shallow MQW in the waveguide – which also most likely will need to be<br />

designed carefully to prevent excessive wavelength dependence and optical<br />

losses. Although not desirable in terms <strong>of</strong> complexity, a butt-joint regrowth is<br />

always possible to reduce the capacitance in the modulator. This is always a<br />

compromise with efficiency – however if the layers are not doped highly the<br />

propagation loss could be reduced – so that the device could be longer.<br />

In the foreseeable future, tunable Mach-Zehdner based transmitters could be<br />

found useful in more complex photonic integrated circuits such as photocurrent<br />

driven wavelength converters.<br />

195


6.1 WAVELENGTH CONVERTERS<br />

Tunable wavelength converters represent a novel class <strong>of</strong> highly sophisticated<br />

photonic integrated circuits that are crucial in the function <strong>of</strong> future optical<br />

networks. <strong>The</strong>y allow for the manipulation <strong>of</strong> wavelengths in WDM optical<br />

switches, routers and add/drop multiplexers. Many different implementation <strong>of</strong><br />

non-tunable wavelength converters have been proposed using cross phase<br />

modulation(XPM) in SOAs and fiber[2,3], and cross absorption<br />

modulation(XAM) <strong>of</strong> SOAs [1], Many <strong>of</strong> these architectures have been<br />

demonstrated to perform the significant feature <strong>of</strong> digital signal regeneration –<br />

including improvements in extinction ratio, signal to noise ratio, pulse width etc.<br />

More recently, monolithically-integrated tunable all-optical wavelength<br />

converters (TAO-WC)[4] have been demonstrated and have shown promise to<br />

allow for the conversion <strong>of</strong> one wavelength to another without requiring the<br />

signal to pass through electronics. One further extension <strong>of</strong> the work in this<br />

thesis – is in the integration <strong>of</strong> the Mach-Zehnder-SOA-SGDBR with a photo-<br />

detector to provide wavelength conversion over a wide tuning range[717].<br />

196


� 2<br />

Semiconductor Optical Amplifier<br />

Mach-Zehnder Modulator<br />

�1<br />

SGDBR Laser<br />

Franz-Keldysh<br />

MZ optical waveguide<br />

Fig. 6-1. Device layout for the 1 st demonstration <strong>of</strong> an OEIC wavelength converter using the<br />

Mach-Zehnder-SOA-SGDBR transmitter and Franz-Keldysh detector.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first implementation <strong>of</strong> wavelength converters used a Franz-Keldysh<br />

detector that does not involve quantum wells. This type <strong>of</strong> detector gives a<br />

fairly linear response. Improvements on the design <strong>of</strong> wavelength converters<br />

will focus on decreasing the optical input requirements with the integration <strong>of</strong><br />

SOAs before the detector – and investigation <strong>of</strong> the linearity and efficiency <strong>of</strong><br />

using integrated active quantum-well detectors.<br />

197


Fig. 6-2. Photocurrent Generated in the Franz-Kelydsh detector as a function <strong>of</strong> optical power<br />

Nonetheless, first results using this configuration seem promising as the<br />

extinction ratio is sufficient to provide


FUTURE WORK REFERENCES<br />

[600] Cao S-C, Cartledge JC. Characterization <strong>of</strong> the chirp and intensity<br />

modulation properties <strong>of</strong> an SOA-MZI wavelength converter. Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Lightwave Technology, vol.20, no.4, April 2002, pp.689-95.<br />

[601] Masanovic ML, Lal V, Barton JS, Skogen EJ, Coldren LA, Blumenthal DJ.<br />

Monolithically integrated Mach-Zehnder interferometer wavelength converter<br />

and widely tunable laser in InP. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.15,<br />

no.8, Aug. 2003, pp.1117-19.<br />

[602] Nielsen ML, Nord M, Petersen MN, Dagens B, Labrousse A, Brenot R,<br />

Martin B, Squedin S, Renaud M. 40 Gbit/s standard-mode wavelength<br />

conversion in all-active MZI with very fast response. Electronics Letters, vol.39,<br />

no.4, 20 Feb. 2003, pp.385-6.<br />

[603] Suzuki Y, Ito T, Shibata Y. Monolithically integrated wavelength<br />

converter: Sagnac interferometer integrated with parallel-amplifier structure<br />

(SIPAS) and its application. 2002 Digest <strong>of</strong> the LEOS Summer Topical<br />

Meetings (Cat. No.02TH8610). IEEE. 2002, pp.WB2-1-2.<br />

[604] Schubert C, Ludwig R, Watanabe S, Futami E, Schmidt C, Berger J,<br />

Boerner C, Ferber S, Weber HG. 160 Gbit/s wavelength converter with 3Rregenerating<br />

capability. Electronics Letters, vol.38, no.16, 1 Aug. 2002,<br />

pp.903-4.<br />

[605] Akiyama T, Kuwatsuka H, Simoyama T, Sugawara A, Ishikawa H. Design<br />

optimisation <strong>of</strong> SOA-integrated DFB laser wavelength converter. Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.38, no.5, 28 Feb. 2002, pp.239-41.<br />

[606] Nishimura K, Tsurusawa M, Usami M. First demonstration <strong>of</strong> 40 Gbps<br />

wavelength conversion with no pattern effect utilizing cross-phase modulation<br />

in an electroabsorption waveguide. Conference Proceedings. 2001<br />

International Conference on Indium Phosphide and Related Materials. 13th<br />

IPRM (Cat. No.01CH37198). IEEE. 2001, pp.444-7.<br />

[607] Nishimura K, Tsurusawa M, Usami M. Wavelength conversion with no<br />

pattern effect at 40 Gbps using an electroabsorption waveguide as a phase<br />

modulator. <strong>OF</strong>C 2001. Optical Fiber Communication Conference and Exhibit.<br />

Technical Digest Postconference Edition (IEEE Cat. 01CH37171). Opt. Soc.<br />

America. Part vol.3, 2001, pp.WK5-1-3 vol.3.<br />

199


[608] Kato M, Nakano Y. Proposal <strong>of</strong> a novel wavelength converter using<br />

photo-induced refractive index change in multiple-quantum-well electroabsorption<br />

modulators. Trends in Optics and Photonics. Integrated Photonics<br />

Research. Vol.45. Technical Digest. Postconference Edition. Opt. Soc.<br />

America. 2000, pp.292-4.<br />

[609] Olsson B-E, Ohlen P, Rau L, Blumenthal DJ. A simple and robust 40-<br />

Gb/s wavelength converter using fiber cross-phase modulation and optical<br />

filtering. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.12, no.7, July 2000, pp.846-8.<br />

[610] Wolfson D, Fjelde T, Kloch A, Janz C, Poingt F, Pommereau F,<br />

Guillemot I, Gaborit F, Renaud M. Detailed experimental investigation <strong>of</strong> allactive<br />

dual-order mode Mach-Zehnder wavelength converter. Electronics<br />

Letters, vol.36, no.15, 20 July 2000, pp.1296-7.<br />

[611] Janz C, Poingt F, Pommereau F, Grieshaber W, Gaborit F, Leclerc D,<br />

Guillemot I, Renaud M. All-active dual-order mode (DOMO) Mach-Zehnder<br />

wavelength converter for 10 Gbit/s operation. Electronics Letters, vol.35,<br />

no.21, 14 Oct. 1999, pp.1862-3.<br />

[612] Nagai S, Yagai M, Suzuki J, Utaka K, Tanaka S. Novel wavelength<br />

converter using multi-mode interference semiconductor optical amplifier<br />

(MIWC). 25th European Conference on Optical Communication. ECOC '99<br />

Conference. Soc. Electr. Electron. Part vol.1, 1999, pp.338-9 vol.1.<br />

[613] Spiekman LH, Wiesenfeld JM, Koren U, Miller BI, Chien MD. All-optical<br />

Mach-Zehnder wavelength converter with monolithically integrated<br />

preamplifiers. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.10, no.8, Aug. 1998,<br />

pp.1115-17.<br />

[614] Spiekman LH, Koren U, Chien MD, Miller BI, Wiesenfeld JM, Perino JS.<br />

All-optical Mach-Zehnder wavelength converter with monolithically integrated<br />

DFB probe source. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.9, no.10, Oct.<br />

1997, pp.1349-51.<br />

[615] Ratovelomanana F, Vodjdani N, Enard A, Glastre G, Rondi D, Blondeau<br />

R, Jourdan A. Monolithic integration <strong>of</strong> a Michelson all-optical wavelength<br />

converter. <strong>OF</strong>C'96. Optical Fiber Communication. Vol.2. 1996 Technical Digest<br />

Series. Conference Edition (IEEE Cat. No.96CH35901). Opt. Soc. America.<br />

1996, pp.124-5.<br />

[616] Schilling M, Daub K, Idler W, Baums D, Koerner U, Lach E, Laube G,<br />

Wunstel K. “Wavelength converter based on integrated all-active three-port<br />

200


Mach-Zehnder interferometer.” Electronics Letters, vol.30, no.25, 8 Dec. 1994,<br />

pp.2128-30.<br />

[617] Barton J.S, Masonovic, Sysak M.N., Skogen E.J., Hutchinson J.M.,<br />

Blumenthal D.J., Coldren L.A., “A novel monolithically integrated widely-tunable<br />

wavelength converter based on a SGDBR-SOA-MZ transmitter and integrated<br />

photodetector.” PS2003 Photonics and Switching Conference Paris, France,<br />

2003.<br />

[618] Cao S-C, Cartledge JC. “Measurement based model <strong>of</strong> an SOA-MZI<br />

wavelength converter.” LEOS 2002. 2002 IEEE/LEOS Annual Meeting<br />

Conference Proceedings. 15th Annual Meeting <strong>of</strong> the IEEE Lasers and Electro-<br />

Optics Society (Cat. No.02CH37369). IEEE. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.113-14 vol.1.<br />

[619] Xu L, Oxenlowe LK, Chi N, Mork J, Jeppesen P, Hoppe K, Hanberg J.<br />

“Experimental characterisation <strong>of</strong> wavelength conversion at 40Gb/s based on<br />

electroabsorption modulators.” LEOS 2002. 2002 IEEE/LEOS Annual Meeting<br />

Conference Proceedings. 15th Annual Meeting <strong>of</strong> the IEEE Lasers and Electro-<br />

Optics Society (Cat. No.02CH37369). IEEE. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.111-12 vol.1.<br />

[620] Wong CS, Tsang HK. “High extinction ratio wavelength conversion at 10<br />

Gbit/s using birefringence switching in semiconductor optical amplifier.”<br />

Electronics Letters, vol.38, no.16, 1 Aug. 2002, pp.897-8.<br />

[621] Luo Y, Ansari N. “Restoration with wavelength conversion in WDM<br />

networks.” Electronics Letters, vol.38, no.16, 1 Aug. 2002, pp.900-1.<br />

[622] Summerfield MA, Tucker RS. “Optimization <strong>of</strong> pump and signal powers<br />

for wavelength converters based on FWM in semiconductor optical amplifiers.”<br />

IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.10, Oct. 1996, pp.1316-18.<br />

[623] Durhuus T, Mikkelsen B, Joergensen C, Lykke Danielsen S, Stubkjaer<br />

KE. “All-optical wavelength conversion by semiconductor optical amplifiers.”<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.14, no.6, June 1996, pp.942-54.<br />

[624] Joergensen C, Danielsen SL, Hansen PB, Stubkjaer KE, Schilling M,<br />

Daub K, Lach E, Laube G, Idler W, Wunstel K. “All-optical 40-Gbit/s compact<br />

integrated interferometric wavelength converter.” Conference on Optical Fiber<br />

Communications. Technical Digest. Postconference Edition. 1997 OSA<br />

Technical Digest Series. Vol.6 (IEEE Cat. No.97CH36049). Opt. Soc. America.<br />

1997, pp.72-3.<br />

[625] Wang CC, Tucker RS, Summerfield MA. “Tunable optical wavelength<br />

converter with reconfigurable functionality.” Conference on Optical Fiber<br />

201


Communications. Technical Digest. Postconference Edition. 1997 OSA<br />

Technical Digest Series. Vol.6 (IEEE Cat. No.97CH36049). Opt. Soc. America.<br />

1997, pp.76-7.<br />

[626] Dagens B, Janz C, Leclerc D, Verdrager V, Poingt F, Guillemot L, Gaborit<br />

F, Ottenwalder D. “Design optimization <strong>of</strong> all-active Mach-Zehnder wavelength<br />

converters.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.11, no.4, April 1999,<br />

pp.424-6.<br />

[627] Janz C, Dagens B, Bisson A, Poingt F, Pommereau F, Gaborit F,<br />

Guillemot I, Renaud M. “Integrated all-active Mach-Zehnder wavelength<br />

converter with -10 dBm signal sensitivity and 15 dB dynamic range at 10<br />

Gbit/s.” Electronics Letters, vol.35, no.7, 1 April 1999, pp.588-90.<br />

[628] Wolfson D, Fjelde T, Kloch A, Janz C, Coquelin A, Guillemot I, Gaborit F,<br />

Poingt F, Renaud M. Experimental investigation at 10 Gb/s <strong>of</strong> the noise<br />

suppression capabilities in a pass-through configuration in SOA-based<br />

interferometric structures. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.12, no.7,<br />

July 2000, pp.837-9.<br />

[629] Edagawa N, Suzuki M, Yamamoto S, Akiba S. “Novel wavelength<br />

converter using an electroabsorption modulator: conversion experiments at up<br />

to 40 Gbit/s.” Conference on Optical Fiber Communications. Technical Digest.<br />

Postconference Edition. 1997 OSA Technical Digest Series. Vol.6 (IEEE Cat.<br />

No.97CH36049). Opt. Soc. America. 1997, pp.77-8.<br />

[630] Wolfson D, Kloch A, Fjelde T, Janz C, Dagens B, Renaud M. “40-Gb/s alloptical<br />

wavelength conversion, regeneration, and demultiplexing in an SOAbased<br />

all-active Mach-Zehnder interferometer.” IEEE Photonics Technology<br />

Letters, vol.12, no.3, March 2000, pp.332-4.<br />

[631] Kauer M, Leuthold J, Duelk M, Girault M. “Rapidly tunable all-optical<br />

wavelength converter based on single semiconductor optical amplifier delay<br />

interferometer.” Optical & Quantum Electronics, vol.35, no.2, Jan. 2003,<br />

pp.139-46.<br />

[632] Pleumeekers JL, Leuthold J, Kauer M, Bernasconi P, Burrus CA,<br />

Cappuzzo M, Chen E, Gomez L, Laskowski E. “All-optical wavelength<br />

conversion and broadcasting to eight separate channels by a single<br />

semiconductor optical amplifier delay interferometer.” Optical Fiber<br />

Communications Conference. (<strong>OF</strong>C). Postconference Technical Digest (IEEE<br />

Cat. No.02CH37339). Opt Soc. America. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.596-7 vol.1.<br />

202


[633] Kauer M, Leuthold J, Duelk M, Girault M. “Rapidly tunable all-optical<br />

wavelength converter based on single semiconductor optical amplifier delay<br />

interferometer.” Optical & Quantum Electronics, vol.35, no.2, Jan. 2003,<br />

pp.139-46.<br />

[634] Leuthold J. “Signal regeneration and all-optical wavelength conversion.”<br />

LEOS 2002. 2002 IEEE/LEOS Annual Meeting Conference Proceedings. 15th<br />

Annual Meeting <strong>of</strong> the IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society (Cat.<br />

No.02CH37369). IEEE. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.107-8 vol.1.<br />

[635] Yoo SJB. “Wavelength conversion technologies for WDM network<br />

applications.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.14, no.6, June 1996,<br />

pp.955-66.<br />

[636] Yates JM, Lacey JPR, Rumsewicz MP, Summerfield MA. “Performance<br />

<strong>of</strong> networks using wavelength converters based on four-wave mixing in<br />

semiconductor optical amplifiers.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Lightwave Technology, vol.17,<br />

no.5, May 1999, pp.782-91.<br />

[637] Summerfield MA, Tucker RS. “Optimization <strong>of</strong> pump and signal powers<br />

for wavelength converters based on FWM in semiconductor optical amplifiers.”<br />

IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.10, Oct. 1996, pp.1316-18.<br />

[638] Kodama S, Yoshimatsu T, Ito H. “320 Gbit/s optical gate monolithically<br />

integrating photodiode and electroabsorption modulator.” Electronics Letters,<br />

vol.39, no.4, 20 Feb. 2003, pp.383-5.<br />

[639] Joergensen C, Danielsen SL, Durhuus T, Mikkelsen B, Stubkjaer KE,<br />

Vodjdani N, Ratovelomanana F, Enard A, Glastre G, Rondi D, Blondeau R.<br />

“Wavelength conversion by optimized monolithic integrated Mach-Zehnder<br />

interferometer. IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.8, no.4, April 1996,<br />

pp.521-3.<br />

[640] Ratovelomanana F, Vodjdani N, Enard A, Glastre G, Rondi D, Blondeau<br />

R, Joergensen C, Durhuus T, Mikkelsen B, Stubkjaer KE, Jourdan A, Soulage<br />

G. “An all-optical wavelength-converter with semiconductor optical amplifiers<br />

monolithically integrated in an asymmetric passive Mach-Zehnder<br />

interferometer.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.7, no.9, Sept. 1995,<br />

pp.992-4.<br />

[641] Durhuus T, Joergensen C, Mikkelsen B, Pedersen RJS, Stubkjaer KE.<br />

“All optical wavelength conversion by SOA's in a Mach-Zehnder configuration.”<br />

IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.6, no.1, Jan. 1994, pp.53-5.<br />

203


[642] Geraghty DF, Lee RB, Verdiell M, Ziari M, Mathur A, Vahala KJ.<br />

“Wavelength conversion by four-wave mixing in semiconductor optical<br />

amplifiers.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.10, no.1, Jan. 1998,<br />

pp.69-71.<br />

[643] Cao S-C, Cartledge JC. “Measurement based model <strong>of</strong> an SOA-MZI<br />

wavelength converter.” LEOS 2002. 2002 IEEE/LEOS Annual Meeting<br />

Conference Proceedings. 15th Annual Meeting <strong>of</strong> the IEEE Lasers and Electro-<br />

Optics Society (Cat. No.02CH37369). IEEE. Part vol.1, 2002, pp.113-14 vol.1.<br />

[644] Cao S-C, Cartledge JC. “Measurement-based method for characterizing<br />

the intensity and phase modulation properties <strong>of</strong> SOA-MZI wavelength<br />

converters.” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters, vol.14, no.11, Nov. 2002,<br />

pp.1578-80.<br />

204


Appendix A Material Properties<br />

Material Properties <strong>of</strong> InP<br />

Lattice Constant (ao) 5.8687Å<br />

C11 [102] Elastic-stiffness constants 1.022x10 12 dyn/cm 2<br />

C12 [102] 0.576x10 12 dyn/cm 2<br />

C44 [105] 0.46x10 12 dyn/cm 2<br />

� Eo / �P<br />

Hydrostatic pressure coefficient [105]<br />

11x10 -12 eV/dyncm -2<br />

a (Hydrostatic deformation potential) [102] -8.0eV<br />

b (Shear deformation potential) [102] -1.55eV<br />

Density 4.81 g/cm3<br />

Melting Pt. 1335K<br />

Debye Temperature 321K<br />

Direct Energy Gap (300K) 1.34eV<br />

Band gap at 0K Eg(0) 1.421eV<br />

Effective mass (conduction band) 0.075 (mo)<br />

Effective mass(heavy hole) 0.56 (mo)<br />

Effective mass (light hole) 0.12 (mo)<br />

Effective mass (split-<strong>of</strong>f) 0.12 (mo)<br />

Refractive Index near band gap 3.41<br />

Dielectric Constant � (0) n-substrate 12.61<br />

Dielectric Constant Semi-insulating sub [431] 13.3<br />

Dielectric Constant He implanted epi on SI[431] 15.5<br />

High Frequency Dielectric Constant � (�) 9.61<br />

Coefficient <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong>rmal Expansion (1e-6/C) 4.75<br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal Conductivity (W/cm K) 0.68<br />

Spin Orbit splitting 0.11eV<br />

Ionic Bonding<br />

Conductivty (ohm-cm)<br />

42%<br />

Base Wafer Specs – Inpact<br />

Doping conc. Thickness Resistivity<br />

(ohm-cm)<br />

S doped 5.5e18 center<br />

(2-8<br />

wafer<br />

across<br />

330-370um 500<br />

Fe doped 1e16 330-370um 1.5E7 4.9E4<br />

205<br />

Etch Pit<br />

density<br />

(cm -2 )


THERMAL PROPERTIES <strong>OF</strong> SELECTED ELECTRONIC MATERIALS<br />

FROM CRC HANDBOOK<br />

Material<br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal<br />

Conductivity<br />

(W/cm K)<br />

Density<br />

(g/cm 3 )<br />

Heat Capacity<br />

(J/kg/K)<br />

BCB 0.29<br />

SILK 0.19<br />

AlN 1.7-1.9 3.25 819.7<br />

Al2O3 0.36 3.9<br />

BeO 2.6 2.85<br />

Gold 3.15 19.3<br />

Air 0.00026<br />

Aluminum 2.47<br />

Brass (70Cu-30Zn) 1.15<br />

Copper 3.98 8.96 384.56<br />

Diamond 25<br />

Epoxy 0.0019<br />

Magnesium 1.7<br />

Platinum 0.734<br />

Silver 4.28<br />

Silicon 1.41<br />

Solder (63Sn- 0.5<br />

37Pb)<br />

Sapphire (a-axis) 0.32<br />

Sapphire (c-axis) 0.35<br />

Silicon Carbide 0.9<br />

Silicon Dioxide<br />

(amorphous)<br />

0.014<br />

Silicon Nitride 0.16 - 0.33 2.843<br />

Titanium 0.157<br />

Tungsten 1.78<br />

Zinc 1.13<br />

206


Property Units<br />

Electrical<br />

Resistivity<br />

Dielectric<br />

Constant<br />

Dielectric<br />

Loss<br />

Coefficient <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong>rmal<br />

Expansion<br />

Bending<br />

Strength<br />

Hardness<br />

(Knoop)<br />

Youngs<br />

Modulus<br />

AIuminum<br />

Nitride (AlN)<br />

Al2O3<br />

BeO<br />

Ohm-cm >10 14 >10 14 >10 14<br />

8.9 9.8 6.7<br />

0.0001 - 0.001 0.0002 0.0003<br />

10-6/ o C 4.6 8.2 8.5<br />

MPa 290 380 230<br />

GPa 11.8 14.1 9.8<br />

GPa 331 372 345<br />

207


APPENDIX B DEIMBEDDING MICROWAVE INDEX<br />

TRL based calibration was done, using picoprobe 75um probes and a<br />

calibration substrate. Usually, traveling wave electrode structures desire<br />

matching <strong>of</strong> both the characteristic impedance and the microwave index. <strong>The</strong><br />

phase velocity was extracted from S parameter data on the transmission lines.<br />

This was done using an ABCD matrix[304]<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

A B<br />

C D<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

( 1�s<br />

11<br />

)( 1�s<br />

2s<br />

22<br />

21<br />

) �s<br />

Z0r is the impedance reference – 50ohms.<br />

<strong>The</strong> propagation constant is given by[304]<br />

12<br />

s<br />

21<br />

Z<br />

0r<br />

( 1�s<br />

)( 1�s<br />

2s<br />

) �s<br />

1 ( 1�s11<br />

)( 1�s<br />

22 ) �s12s21<br />

( 1�s11<br />

)( 1�s<br />

22 ) �s12s21<br />

ZoR<br />

2s<br />

21<br />

2s<br />

21<br />

[A-1]<br />

� �<br />

2<br />

� � � � �<br />

1 A D A D<br />

� �<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� � �<br />

� ln � � � �1�<br />

� � � � j�<br />

L � � 2<br />

��<br />

� �<br />

� 2 �<br />

��<br />

11<br />

22<br />

21<br />

12<br />

s<br />

21<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

[A-2]<br />

Alpha is the attenuation coefficient (Np/unit length); Beta is the phase constant (rad/unit length)<br />

208


<strong>The</strong> characteristic impedance is given by[304]:<br />

Z o<br />

�<br />

B<br />

C<br />

�<br />

D � A �<br />

2B<br />

( A � D)<br />

2 �<br />

4<br />

=<br />

Z o<br />

R � j�L<br />

� �<br />

�<br />

R �<br />

G �<br />

From the above equations we can determine the phase velocity:<br />

v phase<br />

2�f<br />

�<br />

�<br />

209<br />

j�L<br />

j�C<br />

[A-3]<br />

[A-4]


APPENDIX C PROCESS<br />

<strong>The</strong> process involves 12 different stepper plates as shown in the following<br />

table.<br />

Step<br />

#<br />

Mask Levels<br />

1 Active/Passive<br />

2 Sampled Grating<br />

Layer<br />

3 Ridges<br />

4 Isolation etch<br />

5 InGaAs etch<br />

7 n-metal etch<br />

8 n-metal dep<br />

9 BCB<br />

10 Via Big<br />

11 Via Small<br />

12 P-Metallization<br />

Modulator Process Semi-insulating Substrate<br />

Description Comments<br />

Base Structure Growth - Growth #<br />

1 Cleave into 4 quarters - Clean<br />

Acetone/Isopropanol/N2<br />

2 PECVD Silicon Nitride Deposition<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Deposit 1000Å SiNx [SiN10]<br />

Measure on Ellipsometer<br />

Record index (n)_________________<br />

Record Thickness___________<br />

3 Photolithography Step #1<br />

(Active/Passive)<br />

Hot plate bake [60 sec. at 110C] Make sure the alignment is correct<br />

Spin coat HMDS [60 sec. at 4krpm] for the ridges!!!<br />

Photoresist coat<br />

210


SPR 950 [60 sec. at 4krpm] Focus = __-16__ Exp = 1sec<br />

Hot plate bake [60 sec. at 95C]<br />

Stepper Program __MZ2/1 Translate Origin x = -11 ; y = 2.5<br />

Expose Resist Pattern Pass Shift x = 19.25; y = 3.00<br />

Develop resist [30 sec. in MF – 701]<br />

DI rinse<br />

After Develop Inspection<br />

4 RIE#3 (Etch 1000Å SiNx)<br />

30 sec 250V O2 10mT descum in chamber<br />

250V with CF4(20sccm) & O2(1.8sccm) at<br />

10mT for 7min (32Watts)<br />

3 min PR burn 200V O2 10mT<br />

Nitride Mask Pattern<br />

Flood Expose - 2min develop MF-701.<br />

Acetone/Isopropanol/N2<br />

Measure on Dektak<br />

Nitride Thickness:<br />

5 Wet Etch (approx 1500A)<br />

Etch in H3PO4:HCl (3:1) - until bubbles<br />

subside - they tend to stick<br />

(1min to make sure it is through)<br />

InP Cap Thickness:<br />

Rinse in DI for 2min under a stream <strong>of</strong> water<br />

Mix H2SO4:H2O2:H2O (1:1:10) Etch for additional 1/2 intervals<br />

Let cool to room temperature (>30min) until you reach the desired<br />

Etch 1min depth<br />

Time Thickness<br />

6 Strip Nitride<br />

BOE Dip 20 minutes Measure total height<br />

7 PECVD Silicon Nitride Deposition<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Deposit 200Å SiNx w/ reference Si<br />

sample<br />

Measure on Ellipsometer<br />

Record index (n) Record Thickness<br />

211


8 Photolithography #2 (Sampled Grating<br />

Bursts)<br />

Dehydration Bake 2min at 105C<br />

Spin coat HMDS [1 min at 4krpm] Translate Origin<br />

SPR 950 [1 min at 4krpm] x = -11; y = 2.5<br />

Hot plate bake [1 min. at 95C]<br />

Expose Sample Stepper Program MZ2/2 Pass Shift<br />

Exposure __1.5sec__Focus -10 x = 18.4624; y = 3.9507<br />

Develop resist [25sec in MF-701]<br />

DI rinse<br />

9 RIE#3 (Etch 200Å SiNx)<br />

45 sec 200V O2 10mT descum in chamber<br />

2.5 min etch [10mT] 200V [CF4 = 20 sccm] [O2 = 1.8sccm]<br />

3 min PR burn 200V O2 10mT 20 Watts<br />

Flood expose – develop 3min<br />

Acetone/Isopropanol/DI<br />

Measure on Dektak<br />

Record readings_______________<br />

10 Strip Resist<br />

Expose Sample under aligner<br />

Develop in MF701 for 2 min. Note: if the water sticks<br />

Acetone/Isopropanol/DI to the sample the 3001 will<br />

Stripper @ 90C 10minutes also.<br />

DI Rinse<br />

11 Photolithography #3 (Grating)<br />

(test sample 1st, then live sample)<br />

Turn laser on to warm up for 1 hr<br />

minimum<br />

Notes: this step is tricky. Sometimes<br />

the PR will not stick properly<br />

Hot plate bake [1min at 105C]<br />

Spin coat HMDS [1 min at 5krpm]<br />

Spin on SPR 3001 [1 min at 5krpm] Should give approx 700A PR<br />

thickness<br />

Hot plate bake [1min at 95C]<br />

Load sample on the vacuum holder<br />

Adjust angular alignment on the holder<br />

Grating pattern exp. [35mJ]<br />

Develop resist 25sec MF701<br />

DI rinse with slight agitation in DI beaker<br />

N2 Dry very carefully<br />

Mount sample on test stage D = 23 inches<br />

Place turning mirror in laser path<br />

Align reflection to pass through both slits For 1545nm center, the L should be<br />

close to .95.<br />

Read L from ruler distance between<br />

212


incident and diffracted beams<br />

Calculate the grating period<br />

Period ______________nm<br />

12 PEII<br />

10 sec. at 100W<br />

13 AFM to Insure that the gratings are okay<br />

14 Dry Etch Gratings (RIE II)<br />

Clean chamber w/O2 20 sccm<br />

30 min at 125mT and 500V<br />

Precoat with MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

15 min at 75mT and 200V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch using MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

7.5 min at 75mT and 170V<br />

O2 Plasma 20 sccm 5 min at 200V<br />

15 Strip Resist<br />

ACE/ISO/N2/ If gratings are good the area<br />

Stripper 10min 80C will appear blue<br />

AFM to examine the gratings<br />

H2SO4 dip 1 min<br />

16 SiN Removal<br />

BOE (10:1) dip for 20 min.<br />

DI rinse – 5min<br />

UV- Ozone 1 hour<br />

BOE (10:1) dip for 15 sec.<br />

DI rinse – 5min<br />

17 Regrowth<br />

18 SiNx Deposition<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Load sample<br />

Deposit 1000Å SiNx<br />

Measure thickness<br />

Measure refractive index<br />

19 Photolithography (Ridge)<br />

Bake [ 105C 1min]<br />

HMDS [ 1min 4krpm]<br />

SPR 950 [ 1min 4krpm]<br />

Bake [ 95C 1min]<br />

Expose on stepper MZ2/2 Focus -16<br />

Develop in MF701 25 sec Exposure 1.5sec<br />

20 Descum (RIE#3)<br />

15 sec. at 200V and O2 at 10 mT<br />

21 RIE 3 (Etch 1000Å SiNx)<br />

213


Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch SiNx CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

7 min at 250V<br />

Descum O2 20 sccm<br />

5 min at 10mT and 200V<br />

22 Strip Resist<br />

Flood expose/ Develop in MF701 2min<br />

ACE/ISO/N2/<br />

Stripper 10min 80C<br />

23 Dry Etch Ridge (RIE II)<br />

Clean w/O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 125mT and 500V<br />

Precoat with MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

15 min at 75mT and 500V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch using MHA 4/20/10 sccm Measure on Dektak<br />

10min at 75mT and 500V<br />

O2 Descum 5 min at 125mT and 300V<br />

24 Wet Etch (selective clean up etch) Time based on exp.<br />

Mix H3PO4:HCl (3:1)<br />

Wet etch sample until bubbles stop (2min) Measure on Dektak<br />

DI rinse with beam / N2 blow dry<br />

25 Passivation Etch – Lower C in modulators /Detectors<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

220-7 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 1min]<br />

Pattern with BCB layer 4.5sec exposure<br />

Develop 1.5minutes MF701<br />

26 Passivation Dry Etch (RIE II)<br />

Clean chamber w/O2 20 sccm<br />

30 min at 125mT and 500V<br />

Precoat with MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

15 min at 75mT and 200V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch using MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

7.5 min at 75mT and 170V<br />

O2 Plasma 20 sccm 5 min at 200V<br />

27 SiNx Removal<br />

BOE (10:1) dip for 15 min.<br />

214


DI rinse – 5min<br />

28 SiNx Deposition<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Load sample<br />

Deposit 2000Å SiNx<br />

Measure thickness<br />

Measure refractive index<br />

29 Photolithography [n-etch]<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

220-7 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 90sec]<br />

Exposure MZ2/netch 4.5sec<br />

30 RIE #3 SiNx Etch (2000A)<br />

Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch SiNx CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

7 min at 250V<br />

Descum O2 20 sccm<br />

5 min at 10mT and 200V<br />

31 Strip Resist<br />

Flood expose/ Develop in MF701 2min<br />

ACE/ISO/N2/<br />

Stripper 10min 80C<br />

32 RIE #2 Etch<br />

Clean chamber w/O2 20 sccm<br />

30 min at 125mT and 500V<br />

Precoat with MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

15 min at 75mT and 200V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch using MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

(15 + 20 + 6) min at 75mT and 450V<br />

O2 Plasma 20 sccm 5 min at 200V<br />

33 InP Wet Etch<br />

Mix H3PO4:HCl (3:1)<br />

Wet etch sample until bubbles stop (2min)<br />

Dektak<br />

34 Photolithography N-Metal<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

PMGI SF11 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [165C 1min]<br />

215<br />

Need to etch through QWs and<br />

waveguide in certain areas – then a<br />

wet etch can proceed.


4110 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [95C 30sec]<br />

4110 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [95C 1min]<br />

Exposure MZ2/netch 2.5sec Exposure<br />

35 Deposition Preparation<br />

30sec RIE #3 250V or PE II<br />

UV Ozone 10min<br />

BOE Dip (1:10) 30 sec.<br />

5 min DI rinse<br />

HCl (1:10 H20) 15 sec<br />

2 min DI rinse<br />

Load Immediately<br />

36 N Metal Deposition<br />

Load sample in E-Beam #1<br />

Evaporate Ni/AuGe/Ni/Au<br />

1 pellet <strong>of</strong> AuGe deposited to<br />

(50/200/200/10000)<br />

completion<br />

Lift-<strong>of</strong>f with Acetone and pipette<br />

Remove SF11 with Stripper 10min 80C<br />

DI Rinse<br />

37 Anneal – Strip Annealer<br />

430-450C 30sec Test the contacts – make sure they<br />

are good.<br />

38 SiNx Deposition<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Load sample<br />

Deposit 2000Å SiNx<br />

Measure thickness<br />

Measure refractive index<br />

39 Photolithography - Isolation Etch<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

220-7 [3000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 90sec]<br />

Exposure Isolation Etch MZ2/2 3.75sec exposure<br />

Develop 1.5min MF-701<br />

40 RIE #2 Etch<br />

Clean chamber w/O2 20 sccm Want to etch through 500A n+<br />

InGaAs layer and 0.5um n-InP layer<br />

30 min at 125mT and 500V<br />

Precoat with MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

15 min at 75mT and 200V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch using MHA 4/20/10 sccm<br />

216


10 min at 75mT and 450V<br />

O2 Plasma 20 sccm 5 min at 200V<br />

41 Photolithography (Implant)<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

PMGI SF15 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [165C 1min]<br />

220-7 [3000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 90sec]<br />

Expose MZ2/2 4.5sec Exposure<br />

Develop MF-701 90 sec.<br />

DUV Exposure 5 minutes<br />

Develop SAL-101 1 min.<br />

Deep UV Flood exposure 100 sec.<br />

Develop SAL-101 30sec<br />

Dektak PR thickness<br />

42 Implant (Isolation Implant )<br />

Implant with H per table<br />

20keV 4x10E13cm-2<br />

55keV 5x10E13cm-2<br />

110keV 7x10E13cm-2<br />

175keV 9x10E13cm-2<br />

43 Strip Resist<br />

Flood expose/ Develop in MF-701 2min<br />

ACE/ISO/N2<br />

Stripper 10min 80C<br />

44 SiNx Removal<br />

BOE (10:1) dip for 15 min.<br />

DI rinse – 5min<br />

45 SiNx Deposition (3000A)<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Load sample<br />

Deposit 3000Å SiNx<br />

Measure thickness<br />

Measure refractive index<br />

46 Photo-lithography InGaAs Etch<br />

Bake [105C 1min]<br />

220-3 [4000RPMs 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 90sec]<br />

Exposure MZ2/ 2.5sec<br />

Develop MF-701 1min<br />

47 RIE 3 (Etch 3000Å SiNx)<br />

217


Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V<br />

Load sample and align laser monitor<br />

Etch SiNx CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

21 min at 250V<br />

Descum O2 20 sccm<br />

5 min at 10mT and 250V<br />

48 Strip Resist<br />

Flood expose/ Develop in MF-701 2min<br />

ACE/ISO/N2<br />

Stripper 10min 80C<br />

49 Remove InGaAs contact layer<br />

Etch InP Cap <strong>of</strong>f<br />

H3PO4:HCl 3:1 10sec<br />

DI Rinse 2min<br />

H3PO4/H2O2/H20 (3:1:50) 1min<br />

DI Rinse<br />

50 Deposit BCB<br />

Spin BCB Adhesion Promoter [5000RPM<br />

1min]<br />

Photo-BCB [5000RPMs 1min]<br />

Cure [70C 1min]<br />

Exposure MZ2/BCB2 5sec<br />

Develop on Spinner<br />

Puddle BCB developer 1min<br />

Spin [1 min 4000RPMs]<br />

Puddle BCB developer 1min<br />

Spin [1 min 4000RPMs]<br />

Bake in Programable oven program #2<br />

51 Deposit SiNx (1000A)<br />

Pre-clean PECVD 30 min SiN clean<br />

Load sample<br />

Deposit 1000Å SiNx<br />

Measure thickness<br />

Measure refractive index<br />

52 BCB Via #1<br />

Bake [105C 1min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPMs 1min]<br />

220-7 [4000RPMs 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 1min]<br />

Expose MZ2/Via 3.75sec X = 3.9498; Y = -2.9607<br />

Develop MF-701 1.5min<br />

53 RIE #3 Etch SiN + BCB<br />

218


Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V Etch widens out with O2 so another<br />

Load sample Patterning is required<br />

Etch SiNx CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

7 min at 250V<br />

Etch BCB CF4/O2 4sccm/16sccm 20mT<br />

350V 10 + 10 + 5 + 3 min<br />

54 BCB Via #2<br />

Bake [105C 1min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPMs 1min]<br />

220-3 [4000RPMs 1min]<br />

Expose MZ2/Via 2sec X = 3.9498; Y = -2.9607<br />

Develop MF-701 1min<br />

55 RIE #3 Etch SixNy<br />

Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V Etch widens out with O2 so another<br />

Load sample patterning is required<br />

Etch SixNy CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

16 min at 350V<br />

56 Laser Via<br />

Bake [105C 1min]<br />

220-7 [4000RPMs 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 90sec]<br />

Exposure MZ2/Via2 1.2sec exp<br />

Develop MF-701 35sec<br />

57 RIE #3 O2<br />

Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch O2 20sccm 300V<br />

5 + 2.5 + 2.5 + 1 + 1.5 + 2 + 2<br />

58 RIE #3 SiNy etch<br />

Etch SixNy CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

18 min at 350V<br />

59 Strip Resist<br />

Flood expose/ Develop in MF-701 2min<br />

ACE/ISO/N2<br />

Stripper 10min 80C<br />

60 Photolithography – P-Metal<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

PMGI SF11 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [165C 1min]<br />

219


4110 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [95C 30sec]<br />

4110 [4000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [95C 1min]<br />

Exposure MZ2/pmetal 2.5sec Exposure<br />

Develop AZ400K [1:4 1min]<br />

DUV 5min<br />

Develop SAL-101 1min<br />

PEII [30sec 100W]<br />

UV Ozone 10min<br />

BOE [1:10 30sec]<br />

DI Rinse 5min<br />

61 P-Metal Deposition<br />

Load sample in E-Beam #3<br />

Evaporate Ti/Pt/Au (200/400/5000) No Angle<br />

Load into E-Beam #1<br />

Evaporate Ti/Au (200/10000) Angled Spinning<br />

Lift-<strong>of</strong>f with Acetone and pipette<br />

Remove SF11 with Stripper 10min 80C<br />

DI Rinse<br />

62 Photolithography – SiNy on nmetal Etch<br />

Bake [105C 2min]<br />

HMDS [4000RPM 1min]<br />

220-7 [3000RPM 1min]<br />

Bake [115C 90sec]<br />

Exposure N-metal Dep MZ2/nmetal 3.75sec exposure<br />

Develop 1.5min MF-701<br />

63 RIE #3 SiNy Etch<br />

Preclean Chamber O2 20 sccm<br />

20 min at 50mT and 500V<br />

Load sample<br />

Etch SiNx CF4/O2 20sccm/1.8sccm<br />

21 min at 350V<br />

Descum O2 20 sccm<br />

5 min at 10mT and 200V<br />

Verify that the contacts are good before<br />

thinning wafer<br />

64 Wafer Thinning<br />

Attach sample to Silicon wafer with<br />

crystalbond<br />

Use wood pieces to insure that the sample<br />

is flat. Place vacuum on top <strong>of</strong> sample and<br />

Let cool to room temperature<br />

Lap sample to 100um using 12um grit in<br />

220


a figure 8 pattern. Dismount the silicon wafer<br />

for metalization.<br />

65 N-Type metallization<br />

Place sample in Ebeam #3<br />

Deposit Ti/Pt/Au 200/400/5000 for back side<br />

Contact<br />

66 Metal Anneal<br />

Strip annealer<br />

30 sec at 390C<br />

67 Cleave samples into Bars<br />

Heat the silicon wafer to 130C and gently<br />

slide the samples <strong>of</strong>f the silicon<br />

Clean in Acetone/Isopropanol<br />

Scribe and cleave into laser bars<br />

68 AR Coating<br />

69 Test Devices<br />

221

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!